Anchor Fastening Technology Manual: Australia / New Zealand

Anchor Fastening Technology Manual
Australia / New Zealand
May 2011
Foreword
Foreword
Dear design professional, At Hilti, we are constantly striving to provide you with a state-of-the-art solution for anchor design. We are strongly inuenced by your feedback as well as the latest developments in regulations, codes and approvals. Based on your feedback, we have developed this Fastening Technology Manual. It reects our continuous investment in long-term research, regulation development and most importantly the basic needs of our customers and stakeholders. This manual has been specially developed to provide a quick and easy design process for basic anchor congurations. Developed by Hilti, it is a reliable support tool for the designer and forms an integral part of Hiltis service & support offering. To compliment the manual, we have developed anchor design software PROFIS. This software provides the designer with the ability to handle more complex designs, according to international and national guidelines. Our national team of qualied Field Engineers work directly with design professionals to provide expert technical support on your anchoring requirements. To request an additional copy of this manual or to obtain a copy of PROFIS design software, please visit us at www.hilti.com.au and click on the Service & Support tab. For technical support or to request a consultative visit, contact us directly on au.engineering@hilti.com or 131 292. We look forward to working with you to make anchor design simple, safe and efcient.
Mark Esdaile Engineering Manager Hilti (Aust) Pty Ltd
Jan Pacas General Manager Hilti (Aust) Pty Ltd
May 2011
page 1
Important notice
Important notice
1. Construction materials and conditions vary on different sites. If it is suspected that the base material has insufcient strength to achieve a suitable fastening, contact the Hilti Technical Advisory Service. 2. The information and recommendations given herein are based on the principles, formulae and safety factors set out in the Hilti technical instructions, the operating manuals, the setting instructions, the installation manuals and other data sheets that are believed to be correct at the time of writing. The data and values are based on the respective average values obtained from tests under laboratory or other controlled conditions. It is the users responsibility to use the data given in the light of conditions on site and taking into account the intended use of the products concerned. The user has to check the listed prerequisites and criteria conform with the conditions actually existing on the job-site. Whilst Hilti can give general guidance and advice, the nature of Hilti products means that the ultimate responsibility for selecting the right product for a particular application must lie with the customer. 3. All products must be used, handled and applied strictly in accordance with all current instructions for use published by Hilti, i.e. technical instructions, operating manuals, setting instructions, installation manuals and others. 4. All products are supplied and advice is given subject to the Hilti terms of business. 5. Hiltis policy is one of continuous development. We therefore reserve the right to alter specications, etc. without notice. 6. The given mean ultimate loads and characteristic data in the Anchor Fastening Technology Manual reect actual test results and are thus valid only for the indicated test conditions. Due to variations in local base materials, on-site testing is required to determine performance at any specic site. 7. Hilti is not obligated for direct, indirect, incidental or consequential damages, losses or expenses in connection with, or by reason of, the use of, or inability to use the products for any purpose. Implied warranties of merchantability or tness for a particular purpose are specically excluded.
Hilti Corporation FL-9494 Schaan Principality of Liechtenstein www.hilti.com
Hilti = registred trademark of the Hilti Corporation, Schaan
page 2
May 2011
Contents
Contents
Anchor technology and design
Anchor selector Specifying Hilti anchors Glossary of Hilti anchors PROFIS Anchor 2 Legal environment Base materials Corrosion Dynamic Resistance to re Design examples 5 6 10 12 13 14 16 22 26 32 38
Chemical anchoring systems

HVU with HAS/HAS-E rod adhesive anchor HVU with HIS-(R)N adhesive anchor Hilti HIT-RE 500 with HIT-V / HAS Hilti HIT-RE 500-SD with HIT-V Hilti HIT-HY 150 MAX with HIT-V / HAS Hilti HIT-HY 150 MAX with HIS-(R)N Hilti HIT-HY 70 injection mortar for masonry Chemical anchor components & accessories
41 42 54 66 80 92 108 120 132
Mechanical anchoring systems

HDA design anchor HSL-3 heavy duty anchor HSC-A safety anchor HSC-I safety anchor HSA stud anchor HUS-HR screw anchor HUS-H screw anchor HKD push-in anchor single anchor application HKD push-in anchor redundant fastening
137 138 150 160 170 180 186 196 204 212
Post installed rebar systems
217
May 2011
page 3
Anchor selector Engineering support
Engineering support
We have Field Engineers in Perth, Brisbane, Sydney, Melbourne and Adelaide. How can they help you, the consulting engineers? Ensure that you can choose or specify the right product for each application, in particular in the eld of anchor fastenings for concrete and restop systems. Provide a problem solving and technical support function. Carry out seminars on Hilti products and technical related subjects at your request. This compact Fastening Technology Manual, which you have in your hands, is just part of a comprehensive range of engineering software which includes More detailed technical information on specic topics or products as required Anchor Design programme PROFIS Anchor.
Hilti Field Engineers Located at the Following Addresses:

Sydney: 1G Homebush Bay Drive, Rhodes NSW 2138 Fax: (02) 8748 1191 Melbourne: 203-205 Normanby Road, South Melbourne VIC 3205 Fax: 1300 135 042 Brisbane: 718 Kingsford Smith Drive Hamilton QLD 4007 Fax: 1300 135 042 Adelaide: 52 Richmond Road Keswick SA 5035 Fax: (08) 8371 2553 Perth: 23 Belmont Avenue Belmont WA 6104 Fax: (08) 9479 4687
Phone Hilti Australia on 131 292 or au.engineering@hilti.com

Head ofce Australia: Hilti (Aust.) Pty. Ltd ABN 44 007 602 100 (ACN 007 602 100 1G Homebush Bay Drive, Rhodes NSW 2138 Tel: (02) 8748 1000 Fax: (02) 8748 1190 www.hilti.com.au Head ofce New Zealand: Hilti (New Zealand) Ltd. Unit 1/B 525 Great South Road PO Box 112-030, Penrose Auckland 1061 Tel: 0800 444 584 Fax: 0800 329 445 www.hilti.co.nz
page 4
May 2011
Anchor technology and design.

Hilti. Outperform. Outlast.
May 2011
page 5
Anchor selector
Anchor selector
Anchor type Base material Hollow brick masonry Uncracked concrete Solid brick masonry Application
Cracked concrete
Mechanical anchor systems

Heavy duty anchors HDA-T/ -TR/TF/-P/-PR/-PF undercut anchor Anchor fastening for high loads e.g. in steel construction and plant construction, suitable for dynamic loading
HSL-3 / 3B heavy duty anchor
Fire tested Fastening heavy loads e.g. from structural columns & beams, machine, etc. Safety relevant fastening at facades, ceilings & balustrades where short embedment depth is required. Fastening through in place parts like wooden beams, metal sections, columns, beams, brackets, etc. Fastening channels, brackets, racks, seating, temporary and permanent fastenings. Fastening channels, brackets, racks, seating, temporary and permanent fastenings. Fastening with threaded rods for pipe suspensions, air ducts, suspended ceilings.
Medium and light duty anchors HSC-A(R) /-I(R) safety anchor
HSA/-R/-F stud anchor
HUS-HR screw anchor
HUS-H screw anchor
HKD push-in anchor
= very suitable
page 6 May 2011
Anchor selector
Key Features
Drill bit diameter resp. anchor size Steel, sheradised, hot dipped galv. Steel, zinc plated
Specication HCR steel* (1.4529)
Setting
Page
Stainless steel A4 (1.4401)
Automatic undercutting High load capacity Approved for dynamic loads
Drill bit dia.: 20 37 mm Anchor size: M10 M20 Drill bit dia.: 12 32 mm Anchor size: M8 M24 138
Reliable pull-down of part fastened. Force controlled expansion Automatic torque control (safety cap)
Through-fastening 150 160 170 180 186 196 204

page 7
External thread
Internal thread
Automatic undercutting Suitable for shallow base material thickness. Shallow anchorage depth Two setting depths Setting mark Extremely ductile steel for high bending capacity Screw driven straight into base material Forged on washer Matched system of screw anchor and screw driver Screw driven straight into base material Forged on washer Matched system of screw anchor and screw driver Visual verication of full expansion Shallow setting depth
Drill bit dia.: 14 20 mm Anchor size: M8 M12 Drill bit dia.: 6 20 mm Anchor size: M6 M20 Drill bit dia.: 10 14 mm
Drill bit dia.: 8 14 mm
Drill bit dia.: 8 25 mm Anchor size: M6 M20
= very suitable *HCR steel available subject to lead time

May 2011
Pre-setting
Anchor selector
Anchor type
Base material Hollow brick masonry Uncracked concrete Solid brick masonry
Application
Cracked concrete
Adhesive anchor systems

Foil capsule systems HVU adhesive anchor Heavy duty adhesive capsule fastenings with threaded rod and internally threaded sleeves for structural steel columns, beams, brackets, end plate & balustrade fastenings.
Injection mortar systems HIT-RE 500 Chemical injection / adhesive anchor. Heavy duty fastenings with rebar & threaded rod fastenings. Concrete member / element extensions starter bars or structural steel columns, beams, brackets & end plate fastenings with threaded rod.
HIT-HY 150 MAX
Fire tested Chemical injection / adhesive anchor. Heavy duty fastenings with rebar & threaded rod fastenings. Structural steel columns, beams, brackets & end plate fastenings with threaded rod or shallow embedment concrete member / element extensions starter bars Universal chemical injection mortar / adhesive for solid and hollow brick. Fastening wooden or steel elements to masonry.
HIT-HY 70
= very suitable
page 8
Note: HIT-RE 500 SD for cracked concrete is available subject to lead time
May 2011
Anchor selector
Key Features
Drill bit diameter resp. anchor size Steel, sheradised, hot dipped galv. Steel, zinc plated
Specication HCR steel* (1.4529)
Setting
Page
Stainless steel A4 (1.4401)
A strong and exible foil capsule Fast cure, volume controlled adhesive. Small edge distances and spacing Suitable for diamond cored or hammer drilled holes. Ideal for overhead fastenings.
HAS M8 M39 HIS-M8 - M20 42 54
Small spacing and edge distances. Slow cure, suitable for shallow & deep embedment Suitable for diamond cored & hammer drilled holes. Low dispensing pressure No expansion pressure No styrene content
HAS M8 M39 HIS-M8 - M20 Rebar dia. 8 40 mm HIT-V M8 M24
Through-fastening 66 92 108 120

page 9
External thread
Internal thread
Small spacing and edge distances Very Fast cure No expansion pressure Low dispensing pressure No styrene content No plasticizer content
HAS M8 M30 HIS-M8 - M20 Rebar dia. 8 24 mm HIT-V M8 M24
Mortar lling control with HIT-SC sleeves Fast cure No expansion pressure Low dispensing pressure Suitable for solid or hollow masonary.
Drill bit dia.: 10 22 mm Thread: M6 M12
= very suitable *HCR steel available subject to lead time

May 2011
Note: HIS (internal thread) not available in sheradised, hot dipped galv or HCR steel
Pre-setting
Specifying Hilti anchors

Chemical anchors
Anchor type HVU + HAS-E Zinc Plated Hilti HVU M16 chemical capsule with HAS-E M16 rod (zinc plated). Standard 125mm embedment. Hot dipped galvanised Hilti HVU M16 chemical capsule with HAS-E-F M16 rod (hot dipped galvanised). Standard 125mm embedment. Stainless steel Hilti HVU M16 chemical capsule with HAS-E-R M16 rod (stainless steel). Standard 125mm embedment.
HVU + HIS-N
Hilti HVU M20 chemical capsule with HIS-N M16 sleeve (zinc plated). Standard 170mm embedment.
N/A
Hilti HVU M20 chemical capsule with HIS-RN M16 sleeve (stainless steel). Standard 170mm embedment Hilti HIT-HY150MAX chemical injection with HIT-V-R M16 rod (stainless steel). 125mm embedment.
HIT-HY150 MAX + HIT-V
Hilti HIT-HY150MAX chemical injection with HIT-V M16 rod (zinc plated). 125mm embedment.
Hilti HIT-HY150MAX chemical injection with HIT-V-F M16 rod (hot dipped galvanised). 125mm embedment.
HIT-HY150 MAX + HIS-N
Hilti HIT-HY150MAX chemical injection with HIS-N M16 sleeve (zinc plated). Standard 170mm embedment.
N/A
Hilti HIT-HY150MAX chemical injection with HISRN M16 sleeve (stainless steel). Standard 170mm embedment.
HIT-HY150 MAX + Rebar
Hilti HIT-HY150MAX chemical injection with N16 rebar. 200mm embedment.
N/A
N/A
HIT-RE500 + HIT-V
Hilti HIT-RE500 chemical injection with HIT-V M16 rod (zinc plated). 125mm embedment.
Hilti HIT-RE500 chemical injection with HIT-V-F M16 rod (hot dipped galvanised). 125mm embedment.
Hilti HIT-RE500 chemical injection with HIT-V-R M16 rod (stainless steel). 125mm embedment.
HIT-RE500 + Rebar
Hilti HIT-RE500 chemical injection with N24 rebar. 400mm embedment.
N/A
N/A
HIT HY70 (hollow masonry)
Hilti HIT-HY70 chemical injection with HIT-V M12 rod (zinc plated) using HIT-SC composite sleeve. Standard 85mm embedment. Hilti HIT-HY70 chemical injection with HIT-V M12 rod (zinc plated). Standard 85mm embedment.
Hilti HIT-HY70 chemical injection with HIT-V-F M12 rod (hot dipped galvanised) using HIT-SC composite sleeve. Standard 85mm embedment. Hilti HIT-HY70 chemical injection with HIT-V-F M12 rod (hot dipped galvanised). Standard 85mm embedment
Hilti HIT-HY70 chemical injection with HIT-V-R M12 rod (stainless steel) using HIT-SC composite sleeve. Standard 85mm embedment. Hilti HIT-HY70 chemical injection with HIT-V-R M12 rod (stainless steel). Standard 85mm embedment.
HIT HY70 (solid masonry)
page 10
May 2011
Mechanical anchors
Anchor type HDA-P Zinc Plated Hilti HDA-P M10 x 100/20 (zinc plated) Note: Max thickness fastened = 20mm
** available subject to leadtime
Hot dipped galvanised Hilti HDA-PF M10 x 100/20 (sheradised) Note: Max thickness fastened = 20mm
Stainless steel Hilti HDA-PR M10 x 100/20 (stainless steel) Note: Max thickness fastened = 20mm
HDA-T
Hilti HDA-T M10 x 100/20 (zinc plated) Note: Max thickness fastened = 20mm
Hilti HDA-TF M10 x 100/20 (sheradised) Note: Max thickness fastened = 20mm
Hilti HDA-TR M10 x 100/20 (stainless steel) Note: Max thickness fastened = 20mm
HSL-3-B
HSL-3-B M12/25 heavy duty anchor (zinc plated) Note: Max thickness fastened = 25mm
N/A
N/A
HSL-3
HSL-3- M12/25 heavy duty anchor (zinc plated) Note: Max thickness fastened = 25mm
N/A
N/A
HSC-A
Hilti HSC-A M10 x 40 safety anchor (zinc plated) N/A
Hilti HSC-AR M10 x 40 safety anchor (stainless steel)

HSC-I
Hilti HSC-I M10 x 50 safety anchor (zinc plated) N/A
Hilti HSC-IR M10 x 50 safety anchor (stainless steel)

HSA
Hilti HSA M16 x 140 stud anchor (zinc plated)
Hilti HSA-F M16 x 140 stud anchor (hot dipped galvanised)
Hilti HSA-R M16 x 140 stud anchor (stainless steel)
HUS-H
Hilti HUS-H 10 x 100 concrete screw anchor (zinc plated)
Hilti HUS-HF 10 x 100 concrete screw anchor (hot dipped galvanised)
Hilti HUS-HR 10 x 105 concrete screw anchor (stainless steel)
HKD-S
Hilti HKD-S M10 x 40 dropin-anchor (zinc plated) N/A
Hilti HKD-SR M10 x 40 drop-in-anchor (stainless steel)
May 2011
page 11
Glossary of Hilti anchors
Glossary of Hilti anchors

Chemical anchors
HIT-V HIT-V-F HIT-V-R HAS-E HAS-E-F HAS-E-R HIS-N HIS-RN HIT-SC HVU HIT-RE500 HIT-HY150MAX HIT-HY70 Zinc plated threaded rod, universal anchor rod for use with HIT injectable mortars, enabling exible embedment depth Hot dipped galvanised threaded rod, universal anchor rod for use with HIT injectable mortars, enabling exible embedment depth Stainless steel, universal anchor rod for use with HIT injectable mortars, enabling exible embedment depth Zinc plated threaded rod, standard length, with friction taper for easy setting Hot dipped galvanised threaded rod, standard length, with friction taper for easy setting Stainless steel threaded rod, standard length, with friction taper for easy setting Zinc plated internally threaded anchor sleeve Stainless steel internally threaded anchor sleeve Composite mesh sleeve, specically for use with HIT-HY70 in hollow masonry base materials. Hilti Vinyl Urethane chemical capsule High performance injection epoxy, ideal for rebar application High performance two component hybrid mortar injection anchor for use in concrete. Two component hybrid mortar injection anchor, for use in hollow & solid masonry
Mechanical anchors
HDA-P HDA-PF HDA-PR HDA-T HDA-TF HDA-TR HSC-A HSC-AR HSC-I HSC-IR HSL-3 HSL-3-B HSA HSA-F HSA-R HUS-H HUS-HF HUS-HR HKD-S HKD-SR
page 12
Zinc plated, self undercutting, heavy duty mechanical anchor. P for pre-set fastening Sheradised, self undercutting, heavy duty mechanical anchor. P for pre-set fastening Stainless steel, self undercutting, heavy duty mechanical anchor. P for pre-set fastening Zinc plated, self undercutting, heavy duty mechanical anchor. T for through set fastening Sheradised, self undercutting, heavy duty mechanical anchor. T for through set fastening Stainless steel, self undercutting, heavy duty mechanical anchor. T for through set fastening Zinc plated, self undercutting mechanical anchor for shallow embedment, external thread Stainless steel, self undercutting mechanical anchor for shallow embedment, external thread Zinc plated, self undercutting mechanical anchor for shallow embedment, internal thread Stainless steel, self undercutting mechanical anchor for shallow embedment, internal thread High tensile steel, heavy duty mechanical expansion anchor High tensile steel, heavy duty mechanical expansion anchor with torque indicator cap Hilti stud anchor, zinc plated Hilti stud anchor, hot dipped galvanised Hilti stud anchor, stainless steel Concrete screw anchor, zinc plated Concrete screw anchor, hot dipped galvanised Concrete screw anchor, stainless steel Internally threaded drop-in anchor, zinc plated Internally threaded drop-in anchor, stainless steel
May 2011
PROFIS Anchor 2
PROFIS Anchor 2
Applications
Anchor calculation in concrete construction for static or dynamic load cases
Functionality

Intuitive left to right working ribbon for structured input. Simple 3D graphics with direct input for geometry and loads Large selection of pre dened anchor plates which can be easily customised Several lter options for increased productivity Easy access to technical library, approvals and documents Update function that noties of any changes available
Advantages

Fast and reliable anchor design based on the most up to date technical data and approvals such as ETA. Downloadable free of charge from www.hilti.com.au
PC System requirements
Microsoft Windows 2000 Professional, Microsoft Windows XP, Microsoft Windows Vista or Microsoft Windows 7 operating system with Microsoft Internet Explorer 6.1 or higher. CPU: Intel or AMD, 2 GHz or better - Memory: 1024 MB or more - Hard disk: 600 MB free space - CD-ROM: 24x - Hardware accelerated 3D OpenGL video.
May 2011
page 13
Legal environment
Legal environment
Technical data
The technical data presented in this Anchor Fastening Technology Manual are all based on numerous tests and evaluation according to the state-of-the art. Hilti anchors are tested in our test labs in Kaufering (Germany), Schaan (Principality of Liechtenstein) or Tulsa (USA) and evaluated by our experienced engineers and/or tested and evaluated by independent testing institutes in Europe and the USA. Where national or international regulations do not cover all possible types of applications, additional Hilti data help to nd customised solutions. In addition to the standard tests for admissible service conditions and suitability tests, for safety relevant applications re resistance, shock, seismic and fatigue tests are performed.
European Technical Approval Guidelines

Approval based data given in this manual are either according to European Technical Approval Guidelines (ETAG) or have been evaluated according to these guidelines and/or national regulations. The European Technical Approval Guideline ETAG 001 METAL ANCHORS FOR USE IN CONCRETE sets out the basis for assessing anchors to be used in concrete (cracked and non-cracked). It consists of: Part 1 Anchors in general Part 2 Torque-controlled expansion anchors Part 3 Undercut anchors Part 4 Deformation-controlled expansion anchors Part 5 Bonded anchors Part 6 Anchors for multiple use for non-structural applications Annex A Details of test Annex B Tests for admissible service conditions detailed information Annex C Design methods for anchorages
For special anchors for use in concrete, additional Technical Reports (TR) related to ETAG 001 set out additional requirements: TR 018 Assessment of torque-controlled bonded anchors TR 020 Evaluation of Anchorages in Concrete concerning Resistance to Fire TR 029 Design of Bonded Anchors The European Technical Approval Guideline ETAG 020 PLASTIC ANCHORS FOR MULTIPLE USE IN CONCRETE AND MASONRY FOR NON-STRUCTURAL APPLICATIONS sets out the basis for assessing plastic anchors to be used in concrete or masonry for redundant fastenings (multiple use). It consists of: Part 1 General Part 2 Plastic anchors for use in normal weight concrete Part 3 Plastic anchors for use in solid masonry materials Part 4 Plastic anchors for use in hollow or perforated masonry Part 5 Plastic anchors for use in autoclaved aerated concrete (AAC) Annex A Details of tests Annex B Recommendations for tests to be carried out on construction works Annex C Design methods for anchorages
The European Technical Approval Guidelines including related Technical Reports set out the requirements for anchors and the acceptance criteria they shall meet. The general assessment approach adopted in the Guideline is based on combining relevant existing knowledge and experience of anchor behaviour with testing. Using this approach, testing is needed to assess the suitability of anchors. The requirements in European Technical Approval Guidelines are set out in terms of objectives and of relevant actions to be taken into account. ETAGs specify values and characteristics, the conformity with which gives the presumption that the requirements set out are satised, whenever the state of art permits to do so. The Guidelines may indicate alternate possibilities for the demonstration of the satisfaction of the requirements.
page 14
May 2011
Legal environment
Post installed rebar connections

The basis for the assessment of post installed rebar connections is in accordance to the model as per the following Australian Standard to determine the concrete capacity: AS3600 - 2009 : Concrete Structures When applied in combination with the development of HIT chemical injection mortar, the load transfer values achieved are comparable to those obtained with cast-in reinforcement.
System of attestation of conformity

For anchors having an approval, the conformity of the product shall be certied by an approved certication body (notied body) on the basis of tasks for the manufacturer and tasks for the approved body. Tasks for the manufacturer are: Factory production control (permanent internal control of production and documentation according to a prescribed test plan) involve a body which is approved for the tasks Tasks for the approved body are: initial type testing of the product initial inspection of factory and of factory production control continuous surveillance, assessment and approval of factory production control
May 2011
page 15
Base materials
Base materials
General
Different anchoring conditions The wide variety of building materials used today provide different anchoring conditions for anchors. There is hardly a base material in or to which a fastening cannot be made with a Hilti product. However, the properties of the base material play a decisive role when selecting a suitable fastener / anchor and determining the load it can hold. The main building materials suitable for anchor fastenings have been described in the following.
Concrete
A mixture of cement, aggregates and water Concrete is synthetic stone, consisting of a mixture of cement, aggregates and water, possibly also additives, which is produced when the cement paste hardens and cures. Concrete has a relatively high compressive strength, but only low tensile strength. Steel reinforcing bars are cast in concrete to take up tensile forces. It is then referred to as reinforced concrete.
Cracking from bending
Stress and strain in sections with conditions I and II
b, D calculated compressive stress b, Z calculated tensile stress fct concrete tensile strength
If cracks in the tension zone exist, suitable anchor systems are required
If the tensile strength of concrete is exceeded, cracks form, which, as a rule, cannot be seen. Experience has shown that the crack width does not exceed the gure regarded as admissible,i.e. w 0.3mm, if the concrete is under a constant load. If it is subjected predominately to forces of constraint, individual cracks might be wider if no additional reinforcement is provided in the concrete to restrict the crack width. If a concrete component is subjected to a bending load, the cracks have a wedge shape across the component cross-section and they end close to the neutral axis. It is recommended that anchors that are suitable in cracked concrete be used in the tension zone of concrete components. Other types of anchors can be used if they are set in the compression zone. Anchors are set in both low-strength and high-strength concrete. Generally, the range of compressive strength, fc,cyl is between 20 and 50 MPa. Expansion anchors should not be set in concrete which has not cured for more than seven days. If anchors are loaded immediately after they have been set, the loading capacity can be assumed to be only the actual strength of the concrete at that time. If an anchor is set and the load applied later, the loading capacity can be assumed to be the concrete strength determined at the time of applying the load.
Observe curing of concrete when using expansion anchors
page 16
May 2011
Base materials
Cutting through reinforcement when drilling anchor holes must be avoided. If this is not possible, the design engineer responsible must be consulted rst.
Avoid cutting reinforcement
Masonry
Masonry is a heterogeneous base material. The hole being drilled for an anchor can run into mortar joints or cavities. Owing to the relatively low strength of masonry, the loads taken up locally cannot be particularly high. A tremendous variety of types and shapes of masonry bricks are on the market, e.g. clay bricks, sand-lime bricks or concrete bricks, all of different shapes and either solid or with cavities. Hilti offers a range of different fastening solutions for this variety of masonry base material, e.g. the HPS-1, HRD, HUD, HIT, etc. If there are doubts when selecting a fastener / anchor, your local Hilti sales representative will be pleased to provide assistance. When making a fastening, care must be taken to ensure that a layer of insulation or plaster is not used as the base material. The specied anchorage depth (depth of embedment) must be in the actual base material. Plaster coating is not a base material for fastenings Different types and shapes
Other base materials

Aerated concrete: This is manufactured from ne-grained sand as the aggregate, lime and/or cement as the binding agent, water and aluminium as the gas-forming agent. The density is between 0.4 and 0.8 kg/dm and the compressive strength 2 to 6 N/mm. Hilti offers the HGN and HRD-U anchors for this base material. Lightweight concrete: This is concrete which has a low density, i.e. 1800 kg/ m, and a porosity that reduces the strength of the concrete and thus the loading capacity of an anchor. Hilti offers the HRD, HUD, HGN, etc anchor systems for this base material. Drywall (plasterboard/gypsum) panels: These are mostly building components without a supporting function, such as wall and ceiling panels, to which less important, so-called secondary fastenings are made. The Hilti anchors suitable for this material are the HLD and HHD. In addition to the previously named building materials, a large variety of others, e.g. natural stone, etc, can be encountered in practice. Furthermore, special building components are also made from the previously mentioned materials which, because of manufacturing method and conguration, result in base materials with peculiarities that must be given careful attention, e.g. hollow ceiling oor components, etc. Descriptions and explanations of each of these would go beyond the bounds of this manual. Generally though, fastenings can be made to these materials. In some cases, test reports exist for these special materials. It is also recommended that the design engineer, company carrying out the work and Hilti technical staff hold a discussion in each case. In some cases, testing on the jobsite should be arranged to verify the suitability and the loading capacity of the selected anchor. Jobsite tests Aerated concrete
Lightweight concrete
Drywall / gypsum panels
Variety of base materials
May 2011
page 17
Base materials
Why does an anchor hold in a base material? Working principles

There are three basic working principles which make an anchor hold in a building material: Friction The tensile load, N, is transferred to the base material by friction, R. The expansion force, Fexp, is necessary for this to take place. It is produced, for example, by driving in an expansion plug (HKD). The tensile load, N, is in equilibrium with the supporting forces, R, acting on the base material, such as with the HDA anchor. An adhesive bond is produced between the anchor rod and the hole wall by a synthetic resin adhesive, such as with HVU with HAS anchor rods. Many anchors obtain their holding power from a combination of the above mentioned working principles. For example, an anchor exerts an expansion force against wall of its hole as a result of the displacement of a cone relative to a sleeve. This permits the longitudinal force to be transferred to the anchor by friction. At the same time, this expansion force causes permanent local deformation of the base material, above all in the case of metal anchors. A keying action results which enables the longitudinal force in the anchor to be transferred additionally to the base material Force-controlled and displacement-controlled expansion anchors In the case of expansion anchors, a distinction is made between force-controlled and movement-controlled types. The expansion force of force-controlled expansion anchors is dependent on the tensile force in the anchor (HSL-3 heavy-duty anchor). This tensile force is produced, and thus controlled, when a tightening torque is applied to expand the anchor. In the case of movement-controlled types, expansion takes place over a distance that is predetermined by the geometry of the anchor in the expanded state. Thus an expansion force is produced (HKD anchor) which is governed by the modulus of elasticity of the base material. Adhesive/resin anchor The synthetic resin of an adhesive anchor inltrates into the pores of the base material and, after it has hardened and cured, achieves a local keying action in addition to the bond.
Keying
Bonding
Combination of working principles
page 18
May 2011
Base materials
Failure modes Effects of static loading

The failure patterns of anchor fastenings subjected to a continually increased load can be depicted as follows: Failure patterns
1.
2.
3.
3a.
4. The weakest point in an anchor fastening determines the cause of failure. Modes of failure, 1. break-out, 2. anchor pull-away and, 3., 3a., failure of anchor parts, occur mostly when single anchors that are a suitable distance from an edge or the next anchor, are subjected to a pure tensile load. These causes of failure govern the max. loading capacity of anchors. On the other hand, a small edge distance causes mode of failure 4. edge breaking. The ultimate loads are then smaller than those of the previously mentioned modes of failure. The tensile strength of the fastening base material is exceeded in the cases of break-out, edge breaking and splitting. Basically, the same modes of failure take place under a combined load. The mode of failure 1. break-out, becomes more seldom as the angle between the direction of the applied load and the anchor axis increases. Generally, a shear load causes a conchoidal (shell-like) area of spall on one side of the anchor hole and, subsequently, the anchor parts suffer bending tension or shear failure. If the distance from an edge is small and the shear load is towards the free edge of a building component, however, the edge breaks away. Causes of failure
Combined load
Shear load
May 2011
page 19
Base materials
Inuence of cracks
Very narrow cracks are not defects in a structure It is not possible for a reinforced concrete structure to be built which does not have cracks in it under working conditions. Provided that they do not exceed a certain width, however, it is not at all necessary to regard cracks as defects in a structure. With this in mind, the designer of a structure assumes that cracks will exist in the tension zone of reinforced concrete components when carrying out the design work (condition II). Tensile forces from bending are taken up in a composite construction by suitably sized reinforcement in the form of ribbed steel bars, whereas the compressive forces from bending are taken up by the concrete (compression zone). The reinforcement is only utilised efciently if the concrete in the tension zone is permitted to be stressed (elongated) to such an extent that it cracks under the working load. The position of the tension zone is determined by the static / design system and where the load is applied to the structure. Normally, the cracks run in one direction (line or parallel cracks). Only in rare cases, such as with reinforced concrete slabs stressed in two planes, can cracks also run in two directions. Testing and application conditions for anchors are currently being drafted internationally based on the research results of anchor manufacturers and universities. These will guarantee the functional reliability and safety of anchor fastenings made in cracked concrete. Loadbearing mechanisms When anchor fastenings are made in non-cracked concrete, equilibrium is established by a tensile stress condition of rotational symmetry around the anchor axis. If a crack exists, the loadbearing mechanisms are seriously disrupted because virtually no annular tensile forces can be taken up beyond the edge of the crack. The disruption caused disrupted by the crack reduces the loadbearing capacity of the anchor system. Crack plane
Efcient utilisation of reinforcement
a) Non-cracked concrete
b) Cracked concrete
Reduction factor for cracked concrete
The width of a crack in a concrete component has a major inuence on the tensile loading capacity of all fasteners, not only anchors, but also cast-in items, such as headed studs. A crack width of about 0.3mm is assumed when designing anchor fastenings. The reduction factor which can be used for the ultimate tensile loads of anchor fastenings made in cracked concrete as opposed to non-cracked concrete may be assumed to be 0.65 to 0.70 for the HSC anchor, for example. Larger reduction factors for ultimate tensile loads must be anticipated (used in calculations) in the case of all those anchors which were set in the past without any consideration of the above-mentioned inuence of cracks. In this respect, the safety factor to use to allow for the failure of cracked concrete is not the same as the gure given in product information, i.e. all previous gures in the old anchor manual. This is an unacceptable situation which is being eliminated through specic testing with anchors set in cracked concrete, and adding suitable information to the product description sheets.
page 20
May 2011
Base materials
Since international testing conditions for anchors are based on the abovementioned crack widths, no theoretical relationship between ultimate tensile loads and different crack widths has been given. The statements made above apply primarily to static loading conditions. If the loading is dynamic, the clamping force and pretensioning force in an anchor bolt / rod play a major role. If a crack propagates in a reinforced concrete component after an anchor has been set, it must be assumed that the pretensioning force in the anchor will decrease and, as a result, the clamping force from the xture (part fastened) will be reduced (lost). The properties of this fastening for dynamic loading will then have deteriorated. To ensure that an anchor fastening remains suitable for dynamic loading even after cracks appear in the concrete, the clamping force and pretensioning force in the anchor must be upheld. Suitable measures to achieve this can be sets of springs or similar devices Pretensioning force in anchor bolts / rods
Loss of pretensioning force due to cracks
May 2011
page 21
Corrosion
Corrosion
Material recommendations to counteract corrosion Application
Initial/carcass construction Temporary fastening: Forming, site xtures, scaffolding Structural fastening: Brackets, columns, beams Outside and inside applications Galvanised or coated
General conditions
Recommendations
Dry inside rooms, no condensation Damp inside rooms with occasional condensation due to high humidity and temperature uctuations Frequent and long-lasting condensation (greenhouses), open inside rooms or open halls / sheds
Galvanised 5-10 microns Hot-dipped galvanised /sherardized min. 45 microns A4 (316) steels, possibly hot-dipped galvanised Galvanised 5-10 microns
Composite construction Interior nishing Drywalls, suspended ceilings, windows, doors, railings / fences, elevators, re escapes Facades / roong Proled metal sheets, curtain wall cladding, insulation fastenings, facade support framing
Protection due to alkalinity of concrete
Dry inside rooms, no condensation
Galvanised 5-10 microns
Rural atmosphere (without emissions)
Inside application Outside application Insulating materials
Galvanised 5-10 microns Hot-dipped galvanised / sherardized min. 45 microns Dacromet / plastic, A4 (316) steels Galvanised 5-10 microns Hot-dipped galvanised /sherardized min. 45 microns, Hilti-HCR if chlorides exist A4 (316) steels Galvanised 5-10 microns A4 (316) steels A4 (316) steels Galvanised 5-10 microns Hilti-HCR Hilti-HCR
Town / city atmosphere: High SO2 and Nox contents, chlorides from road salt can accumulate/ concentration on parts not weathered directly Industrial atmosphere: High SO2 content and other corrosive substances (without halides)
Inside application Outside application Insulating materials Inside application Outside application Insulating materials
Coastal atmosphere: High content of chlorides, combined with industrial atmosphere
Inside application Outside application Insulating materials
page 22
May 2011
Corrosion
Application
Installations Conduit installation, cable runs, air ducts Electrical systems: Runs, lighting, aerials Industrial equipment: Crane rails, barriers, conveyors, machine fastening
General conditions
Dry inside rooms, no condensation Damp inside rooms, poorly ventilated rooms, cellar / basement shafts, occasional condensation due to high humidity and temperature uctuations Frequent and long-lasting condensation (greenhouses), non enclosed inside rooms or open sheds / buildings
Recommendations
Galvanised 5-10 microns Hot-dipped galvanised / sherardized min. 45 microns
A4 (316) steels, possibly hot-dipped galvanised
Road and bridge construction Conduit installation, cable runs, trafc signs, noise-insulating walls, crash barriers / guard rails, connecting structures Directly weathered (chlorides are regularly washed off) Hot-dipped galvanised / sherardized min. 45 microns, A4 (316) steels, Duplex steel or austenitic steel with approx. 4-5% Mo Hilti HCR
Frequently heavy exposure to road salt, highly relevant to safety Tunnel construction Tunnel foils / sheeting, reinforcing mesh, trafc signs, lighting, tunnel wall cladding / lining, air ducts, ceiling suspensions, etc. Secondary relevance for safety Highly relevant to safety
Duplex steel, poss. A4 (316) steels Hilti HCR
Dock/harbour/port facilities /off-shore rigs Fastenings to quaysides, dock / harbour Secondary relevance for safety, temporary fastenings High humidity, chlorides, often a superimposed industrial atmosphere or changes of oil / sea water On the platform / rig Industry / chemical industry Conduit installation, cable runs, connecting structures, lighting Dry inside rooms Corrosive inside rooms, e.g. fastenings in laboratories, galvanising / plating plants etc.,very corrosive vapours Outside applications, very heavy exposure to SO2 and additional corrosive substances (only acidic surroundings) Power plants Fastenings relevant to safety Dry inside rooms Outside applications, very heavy exposure to SO2
May 2011
Hot-dipped galvanised Hilti HCR
A4 (316) steels
Galvanised 5-10 microns A4 (316) steels, Hilti-HCR
A4 (316) steels
Galvanised 5-10 microns A4 (316) steels
page 23
Corrosion
Application
General conditions
Recommendations
Smokestacks of waste incineration plants Fastening of, for example, service ladders, lightening conductors In lower section of stack In top section of stack, condensation of acids and often high chloride and other halide concentrations Hot-dipped galvanised/sherardized min. 45 microns A4 (316) steels Hilti-HCR
Sewage / waste water treatment Conduit installation, cable runs, connecting structures etc In the atmosphere, high humidity, sewage / digester gases etc. Underwater applications, municipal sewage / waste water, industrial waste water Multi-storey car parks Fastening of, for example, guard rails, handrails, balustrades Indoor swimming pools Fastening of, for example, service ladders, handrails, suspended ceilings Sports grounds / facilities / stadiums Fastening of, for example, seats, handrails, fences In rural atmosphere In town / city atmosphere Hot-dipped galvanised / sherardized min. 45 microns Hot-dipped galvanised / sherardized min. 45 microns A4 (316) steels A4 (316) steels Fastenings relevant to safety Hilti HCR Large amounts of chlorides (road salt) carried in by vehicles, many wet and dry cycles Hilti HCR Hot-dipped galvanised/sherardized min. 45 microns A4 (316) steels Hilti HCR
Inaccessible fastenings
page 24
May 2011
Corrosion
The following table shows the suitability of the respective metal couple. It also shows which two metals in contact are permissible in eld practice and which should rather be avoided. Fastener Fastener Fastened Fastened part part Zinc Hot-dipped galv. steel Aluminium alloy Cadmium coating Structural steel Cast steel Chromium steel CrNi(Mo) steel Tin Copper Brass Slight or no corrosion of fastener Heavy corrosion of fastener Moderate corrosion of fastener If two or more metals are combined and these are linked conductively with direct contact or contact through a medium, attention must be paid to their electrochemical compatibility. The ratio of surface areas of the linked metals is of crucial importance for the corrosion rate. Here it should be remembered that from an electrochemical point of view the less noble metal should always have a much larger surface area. In view of the fact that a fastener is normally always the smaller component and thus has a smaller surface area, the fastener should be made of the same material as the part fastened or if not possible of a nobler material. EI.-chem. Hot-dipped galvanised galvanised Aluminium alloy Structural steel Stainless steel Brass
If an unfavourable combination of different materials cannot be avoided, suitable measures can be taken to avoid contact corrosion, for example electrical insulation using plastic parts, like washers, sleeves, etc.
Galvanic separation using plastic and rubber
May 2011
page 25
Dynamic
Dynamic
Dynamic design for anchors
Actions
Common engineering design usually focuses around static loads. This chapter is intended to point out those cases, where static simplification may cause severe misjudgement and usually under-design of important structures. Static loads can be segregated as follows: Own (dead) weight Permanent actions Loads of non-loadbearing components, e.g. floor covering, screed, or from constraint (due to temperature change or sinking of supports / columns) Changing actions working loads (fitting / furnishing , machines, normal wear)Snow, Wind, Temperature
Static loads
Dynamic actions
The main difference between static and dynamic loads is the effectiveness of inertia and damping forces. These forces result from induced acceleration and must be taken into account when determining section forces and anchoring forces. Dynamic actions can generally be classified into 3 different groups: Fatigue loads Seismic loads Shock loads
Typical Dynamic Actions
Examples for Fatigue Loads
Two main groups of fatigue type loading can be identified: Vibration type loading of fasteners with very high recurrence and usually low amplitude (e.g. ventilators, production machinery, etc.). Repeated loading and unloading of structures with high loads and frequent recurrence (cranes, elevators, robots, etc.).
Actions relevant to fatigue
Actions causing fatigue have a large number of load cycles which produce changes in stress in the affected fastening. These stresses result in a decrease in strength, which is all the greater the larger the change in stress and the larger the number of load cycles are (fatigue). When evaluating actions causing fatigue, not only the type of action, but also the planned or anticipated fastening life expectancy is of major importance. Generally, all fastenings in structures situated in seismically active areas can be subject to seismic loading. However, due to cost considerations, usually only critical fastenings whose failure would result in loss of human life or significant weakening of the overall structure are designed for seismic loads. Ground movement during an earthquake / seismic tremors leads to relative displacement of a building foundation. Owing to the inertia of its mass, the building cannot or is unable to follow this movement without deformation. Due to the stiffness of the structure, restoring forces are set up and vibration is induced. This results in stress and strain for the structure, the parts fastened and the installations. Earthquake frequencies often lead to resonance phenomena which cause larger vibration amplitudes on the upper floors.
Examples for Seismic Loads
Earthquakes / seismic actions
page 26
May 2011
Dynamic
In view of the low ductility of anchors / fasteners, seismic loads generally have to be taken up by a high loading capacity and very little deformation. A fastening should be able to withstand design basis earthquakes without damage. Determining the forces acting on a fastening is difficult and specialists thus provide them Shock loads are mostly unusual loading situations, even though sometimes they are the only loading case a structure is designed for (e.g. crash barriers, protection nets, ship or aeroplane impacts and falling rocks, avalanches and explosions, etc.). Shock-like phenomena have generally a very short duration and tremendously high forces which, however, generally only occur as individual peaks. As the probability of such a phenomenon to occur during the life expectancy of the building components concerned is comparably small, plastic deformations of fasteners and structural members are usually permitted. Examples of Shock Loading
Shock
Material behaviour
The behaviour is described essentially by the strength (tensile and compressive) and the elastic-plastic behaviour of the material. These properties are generally determined by carrying out simple tests with specimens. If a material is subjected to a sustained load that changes with respect to time, it can fail after a certain number of load cycles even though the upper limit of the load withstood up to this time is clearly lower than the ultimate tensile strength under static loading. This loss of strength is referred to as material fatigue. The grade and quality of steel has a considerable influence on the alternating strength. In the case of structural and heat-treatable steels, the final strength (i.e. after 2 million load cycles or more) is approx. 25-35% of the static strength. In the non-loaded state, concrete already has micro-cracks in the zone of contact of the aggregates and the cement paste, which are attributable to the aggregates hindering shrinkage of the cement paste. The fatigue strength of concrete is directly dependent on the grade of concrete. Concrete strength is reduced to about 55 65% of the initial strength after 2000000 load cycles Material behaviour under static loading
Material behaviour under fatigue impact
The material strength is not as much influenced as under fatigue impact. Other factors, as inertia, cracks, etc. influence the behaviour much more.
Material behaviour under seismic or shock impact
May 2011
page 27
Dynamic
Anchor behaviour
Fatigue When a large number of load cycles is involved, i.e. n>10,000, it is usually the anchor in single fastenings that is critical (due to steel failure). The concrete can only fail when an anchor is at a reduced anchorage depth and subjected to tensile loading or an anchor is at a reduced distance from an edge and exposed to shear loading. Individual anchors in a multiple-anchor fastening can have a different elastic stiffness and a displacement (slip) behaviour that differs from one anchor to another, e.g. if an anchor is set in a crack. This leads to a redistribution of the forces in the anchors during the appearance of the load cycles. Stiffer anchors are subjected to higher loads, whereas the loads in the weaker anchors are reduced. Allowance is made for these two effects by using a reduction factor for multiple-anchor fastenings Earthquakes Anchors (fasteners) subjected to seismic loading can, under circumstances, be stressed far beyond their static loading capacity. In view of this, the respective suitability tests are carried out using a level of action (loading) that is considerably higher than the working load level. The behaviour of anchors under seismic action depends on the magnitude of loading, the direction of loading, the base material and the type of anchor. After an earthquake, the loading capacity (ultimate state) of an anchor is considerably reduced (to 30 80% of the original resistance.) With any earthquake design of fasteners, concrete cracks resulting from seismic activity should be taken into consideration. When designing anchor fastenings, it is important to remember that they cannot be regarded as something isolated to take up seismic forces, but that they must be incorporated in the overall context of a design. Shock Load increase times in the range of milliseconds can be simulated during tests on servo-hydraulic testing equipment. The following main effects can then be observed: Deformation is greater when the breaking load is reached The energy absorbed by an anchor is also much higher Breaking loads are of roughly the same magnitude during static loading and shock-loading tests In this respect, more recent investigations show that the base material (cracked or non-cracked concrete), has no direct effect on the load-bearing behaviour. Suitability under fatigue loading Both mechanical and chemical anchors are basically suitable for fastenings subjected to fatigue loading. Hilti manufactures the HDA and HVZ anchors of special grades of steel resistant to fatigue and has also subjected them to suitable tests. Where fastenings subjected to seismic loading are concerned, chemical anchors take preference. There are, however, accompanying requirements to be met, such as behaviour in a fire. These restrictions can make mechanical systems preferable. To date, mechanical anchor systems have been used primarily for applications in civil defence installations. More recently, adhesive systems suitable for use in cracked concrete have been developed, e.g. the HVZ anchor.
Suitability under seismic loading
Suitability under shock loading
page 28
May 2011
Dynamic
Dynamic set for shear resistance upgrade

If a multiple-anchor fastening is loaded towards the edge of a concrete member (shear load), the gap between anchor shaft and clearance hole has an important role. An uneven shear load distribution within the anchors in the fastening is the result as the clearance hole is always larger than the anchor diameter to ensure an easy installation. Design methods take this fact into account by assuming that only the row of anchors nearest to the concrete edge takes up all shear load. Uneven shear load distribution
The second row of anchors can be activated only after a considerable slip of the anchoring plate. This slip normally takes place after the edge failure of the outside row. The effect of the clearance hole gap on the internal load distribution increases if the shear load direction changes during the service life. To make anchors suitable for alternating shear loads, Hilti developed the so called Dynamic Set. This consists of a special washer, which permits HIT injection adhesive to be dispensed into the clearance hole, a spherical washer, a nut and a lock nut.
Activating the second row of anchors
Dynamic Set
Injection washer: Fills clearance hole and thus guarantees that the load is uniformly distributed among all anchors. Spherical washer: Reduces bending moment acting on anchor shaft not set at right angles and thus increases the tensile loading capacity. Lock nut: Prevents loosening of the nut and thus lifting of the anchoring plate away from the concrete in case of cyclic loading.
Improvements with Dynamic Set
Delivery programme Dynamic Set: M10, M12, M16, M20
May 2011
page 29
Dynamic
Shear resistance improvement with Dynamic Set
By using the dynamic set for static fastenings, the shear resistance is improved significantly. The unfavourable situation that only one row of anchors takes up all loads no longer exists and the load is distributed uniformly among all anchors. A series of experiments has verified this assumption. An example from this test programme, double fastenings with HVZ M10 anchors with and without the Dynamic Set are shown to compare resulting shear resistance and stiffness.
Standard clearence hole Slotted hole Member edge not injected injected
With Dynamic Set (extended Hilti method)
Without Dynamic Set (ETAG)
The test results show clearly that according to the current practice the second row of anchors takes up the load only after significant deformation of the plate, when the concrete edge has already failed. The injection and the Dynamic Set resulted in a continuous load increase until the whole multiple fastening fails. When carrying out a simple fastening design, it may be assumed if the Dynamic Set is used the overall load bearing capacity of the multiple fastening is equal to the resistance of the first row of anchors multiplied by the number of rows in the fastening. In addition to that it must be checked whether the concrete edge resistance of the furthest row is smaller than the above metioned resistance. If injection with the Dynamic Set is used, the ETAG restrictions on more than 6 anchor fastenings can be overcome.
page 30
May 2011
Dynamic
May 2011
page 31
Resistance to fire
Resistance to fire
Tested fasteners for passive structural re prevention
Tested according to the international standard temperature curve MFPA Leipzig GmbH Tested according to the international standard temperature curve (ISO 834, DIN 4102 T.2) and/or to EOTA Technical Report TR 020 (Evaluation of Anchorages in Concrete concerning Resistance to Fire)
Tested when set in cracked concrete and exposed to ames without insulating or protective measures.
Anchor / fastener
Size
Max. loading (kN) for specied re resistance time (re resistance time in minutes) F30 F60 2.2 3.5 7.0 9.0 2.2 3.5 7.0 9.0 12.0 15.0 1.1 2.0 3.5 6.6 10.3 14.8 3.5 6.6 10.3 14.8 F90 1.3 1.8 4.0 7.0 1.3 1.8 4.0 4.0 5.0 7.5 0.6 1.3 2.0 3.5 5.4 7.9 2.0 3.5 5.4 7.9 F120 1.0 1.2 3.0 5.0 1.0 1.2 3.0 2.0 3.0 6.0 0.4 0.8 1.2 2.2 3.5 5.0 1.2 2.2 3.5 5.0
Authority / No.
HDA
M10 M12
4.5 10.0 15.0 25.0 4.5 10.0 15.0 20.0 30.0 50.0 3.0 7.0 10.0 19.4 30.0 43.0 10.0 19.4 30.0 43.0
IBMB Braunschweig UB 3039/8151 Warringtonre WF Report No 166402 IBMB Braunschweig UB 3039/8151 Warringtonre WF Report No 166402 IBMB Braunschweig UB 3039/8151 Warringtonre WF Report No 166402 IBMB Braunschweig UB 3041/1663-CM Warringtonre WF Report No 166402 IBMB Braunschweig report No. 3041/1663-CM Warringtonre WF Report No 166402
Fire resistance data for F 180 please refer to the test reports HDA-F
M16 M20 M10 M12 M16
HDA-R
M10 M12 M16
HSL-3
M8 M10 M12 M16 M20 M24 M12 M16 M20 M24
HSL-3-B
page 32
May 2011
Resistance to fire
Anchor / fastener
Size
Max. loading (kN) for specied re resistance time (re resistance time in minutes) F30 F60 1.5 1.5 1.5 3.5 1.5 2.5 2.5 2.0 1.5 1.5 1.5 3.5 1.5 2.5 2.5 3.5 0.5 0.8 2.2 3.5 7.0 9.0 1.3 3.0 4.7 7.0 13.0 1.5 2.3 3.0 1.3 3.0 4.0 6.3 F90 1.5 1.5 1.5 2.0 1.5 2.5 2.5 2.0 1.5 1.5 1.5 3.5 1.5 2.5 2.5 3.5 0.3 0.5 1.3 1.8 4.0 7.0 0.8 1.8 3.0 4.0 7.5 1.5 2.3 3.0 1.3 3.0 4.0 6.3 F120 3.0 3.0 0.25 0.4 1.0 1.2 3.0 5.0 0.6 1.2 2.5 3.0 6.0 1.2 1.8 2.4 0.4 1.7 2.4 5.0
Authority / No.
HSC-A
M8x40 M8x50 M10x40 M12x60
1.5 1.5 1.5 3.5 1.5 2.5 2.5 2.0 1.5 1.5 1.5 3.5 1.5 2.5 2.5 3.5 0.9 1.5 4.5 10.0 15.0 25.0 2.6 6.0 9.5 14.0 26.0 1.5 2.3 3.0 1.3 3.0 4.0 6.3
IBMB Braunschweig UB 3177/1722-1 Warringtonre WF Report No 166402 IBMB Braunschweig UB 3177/1722-1 Warringtonre WF Report No 166402 IBMB Braunschweig UB 3177/1722-1 Warringtonre WF Report No 166402 IBMB Braunschweig UB 3177/1722-1 Warringtonre WF Report No 166402 IBMB Braunschweig UB 3049/8151 Warringtonre WF Report No 166402
HSC-I
M8x40 M10x50 M10x60 M12x60
HSC-AR
M8x40 M8x50 M10x40 M12x60
HSC-IR
M8x40 M10x50 M10x60 M12x60 M6 M8 M10 M12 M16 M20
HSA
HSA-R
M6 M8 M10 M12 M16
IBMB Braunschweig UB 3049/8151 Warringtonre WF Report No 166402
HUS -HR
Reduced anchorage depth 8 10 14 6 8 10 14
DIBt Berlin ETA-08/0307
Standard anchorage depth
May 2011
page 33
Resistance to fire
Anchor / fastener
Size
Max. loading (kN) for specied re resistance time (re resistance time in minutes) F30 F60 2.6 3.3 0.4 0.6 0.9 1.3 0.6 0.9 1.8 0.6 2.3 4.0 0.5 0.9 1.8 2.3 0.8 2.2 3.5 5.0 9.0 12.0 13.5 17.0 20.0 24.0 29.0 0.8 3.5 6.0 13.5 25.5 38.0 44.0 58.0 68.0 82.0 96.0 F90 1.5 1.8 0.3 0.6 0.9 1.3 0.6 0.9 1.8 0.6 2.3 4.0 0.4 0.9 1.8 2.3 0.5 1.3 1.8 4.0 7.0 9.5 11.0 14.0 16.5 19.5 23.5 0.5 1.5 3.0 7.5 15.0 24.0 27.0 36.0 42.0 51.0 60.0 F120 1.0 1.2 0.2 0.5 0.7 0.7 0.5 0.7 1.5 0.5 1.8 3.2 0.3 0.7 1.5 1.8 0.4 0.9 1.0 3.0 5.0 8.0 9.0 11.0 13.5 16.0 19.5 0.4 1.0 2.5 6.0 10.0 16.0 18.0 24.0 28.0 34.0 40.0
Authority / No.
HUS-H/HUS-HF
10.5 12.5 16.5
7.0 9.0 0.5 0.6 0.9 1.3 0.6 0.9 1.8 0.6 2.3 4.0 0.5 0.9 1.8 2.3 1.5 4.5 10.0 15.0 25.0 35.0 40.0 50.0 60.0 70.0 85.0 2.0 6.0 10.0 20.0 36.0 56.0 65.0 85.0 100.0 120.0 140.0
IBMB Braunschweig UB 3574/5146 Warringtonre WF Report No 166402 DIBt Berlin ETA-06/0047 acc. Part 6
HKD
M6x25 M8x25 M8x30 M8x40 M10x25 M10x30 M10x40 M12x25 M12x50 M16x65
HKD-SR
M6x30 M8x30 M10x40 M12x50
DIBt Berlin ETA-06/0047 acc. Part 6 Warringtonre WF Report No 166402 IBMB Braunschweig UB- 3333/0891-1 Warringtonre WF Report No 166402
HVU + HAS
M8 M10 M12 M16 M20 M24 M27 M30 M33 M36 M39
HVU + HAS-R/HAS-E-R + HVU + HAS-HCR/HAS-E-HCR
M8 M10 M12 M16 M20 M24 M27 M30 M33 M36 M39
IBMB Braunschweig UB- 3333/0891-1 Warringtonre WF Report No 166402
page 34
May 2011
Resistance to fire
Anchor / fastener
Size
Max. loading (kN) for specied re resistance time (re resistance time in minutes) F30 F60 0.8 2.2 3.5 5.0 9.0 5.0 9.0 12.0 15.0 35.0 1.26 2.0 2.9 5.4 8.4 12.1 15.8 19.3 23.9 31.6 33.6 1.88 2.98 5.5 10.2 15.9 23.0 29.9 36.5 45.2 59.7 63.6 1.08 1.9 2.76 5.4 8.46 12.19 15.8 19.3 F90 0.5 1.3 1.8 4.0 7.0 1.8 4.0 5.0 7.5 15.0 0.73 1.15 1.68 3.1 4.8 7.0 9.1 11.1 13.8 18.2 19.4 1.34 2.1 4.5 8.3 13.0 18.8 24.4 29.9 37.0 48.9 52.0 0.5 0.96 1.59 3.1 4.5 7.0 9.1 11.1 F120 0.4 0.9 1.0 3.0 5.0 1.0 2.0 3.0 6.0 10.0 0.46 0.73 1.06 1.97 3.08 4.4 5.7 7.0 8.7 11.5 12.2 1.07 1.69 4.0 7.4 11.6 16.7 21.7 26.5 32.8 43.4 46.2 0.28 0.59 1.0 1.97 2.79 4.4 5.7 7.0
Authority / No.
HVU + HIS-N
M8 M10 M12 M16 M20
1.5 4.5 10.0 15.0 25.0 10.0 20.0 30.0 50.0 65.0 2.3 3.7 5.3 10.0 15.6 22.5 29.2 35.7 44.2 58.5 62.2 2.4 3.8 6.5 12.1 18.8 27.2 35.3 43.2 53.4 70.6 75.2 2.3 3.7 5.3 10.0 15.6 22.5 29.2 35.7
IBMB Braunschweig UB- 3333/0891-1 Warringtonre WF Report No 166402 IBMB Braunschweig UB- 3333/0891-1 Warringtonre WF Report No 166402
HVU + HIS-RN
M8 M10 M12 M16 M20 M8 M10 M12 M16 M20 M24 M27 M30 M33 M36 M39
HIT-RE 500 + HAS/HAS-E/HIT-V
IBMB Braunschweig Test Report 3565 / 4595, & supplement letter 414/2008 Warringtonre WF Report No 166402 & WF Report No 172920
HIT-RE 500 + HAS-R/HAS-ER/ HAS HCR/HIT-V-R/HIT-V-HCR
M8 M10 M12 M16 M20 M24 M27 M30 M33 M36 M39
IBMB Braunschweig Test Report 3565 / 4595, & supplement letter 414/2008 Warringtonre WF Report No 166402 & WF Report No 172920
HIT-RE 500-SD + HIT-V
M8 M10 M12 M16 M20 M24 M27 M30
MFPA Leipzig GS-lll/B-07-070 Warringtonre WF Report No 172920 Loads for standard embedment depth, for variable embedment depth see test report.
May 2011
page 35
Resistance to fire
Anchor / fastener
Size
Max. loading (kN) for specied re resistance time (re resistance time in minutes) F30 F60 1.08 1.9 4.2 8.6 15.9 23.0 29.9 36.5 0.5 1.1 1.8 4.5 7.8 11.2 14.6 17.8 0.4 F90 0.5 0.96 2.3 4.8 12.2 18.8 24.4 29.9 0.4 0.8 1.4 3.3 5.1 8.5 11.1 13.5 0.2 F120 0.28 0.59 1.5 3.2 10.5 16.7 21.7 26.5 0.4 0.6 1.1 2.5 4.1 7.1 9.3 11.4 -
Authority / No.
HIT-RE 500-SD + HIT-VR/HIT-V-HCR
M8 M10 M12 M16 M20 M24 M27 M30
2.42 3.8 6.5 12.1 18.8 27.2 35.3 43.2 0.7 1.3 2.3 6.2 9.6 13.9 18.1 22.1 2.0
MFPA Leipzig GS-lll/B-07-070 Warringtonre WF Report No 172920 Loads for standard embedment depth, for variable embedment depth see test report.
HIT-HY150MAX + HIT-V(R)
M8 M10 M12 M16 M20 M24 M27 M30
MFPA Leipzig GS-3.2/09-526
HIT-HY 70 hef = 80 mm (HLz. MVz. KSL. KSV)
M8
MFPA Leipzig PB III/B-07-157 Warringtonre WF Report No 166402
M10
2.0
0.4
0.2
M12
2.0
0.4
0.2
page 36
May 2011
Resistance to fire
Tested fasteners for passive structural re prevention

Tested according to the German tunnel temperature curve MFPA Leipzig GmbH Tested according to the German tunnel temperature curve (ZTV-ING, part 5).
Tested when set in cracked concrete and exposed to ames without insulating or protective measures.
Anchor / fastener
Size
Max. loading (kN) for specied re resistance time (re resistance time in minutes) 6 8 0.20 a) 0.30 a) 0.50 a) 1.10 a) 0.5 0.8 2.5 5.0 6.0 0.5 1.5 1.5 5.0
Authority / No.
HUS-HR
MFPA Leipzig PB III/08-354
10 14 HKD-SR M8 M10 M12 M16 M20 HVU + HAS-HCR M8 M10 M12 M16 a) Tested according tunnel temperature curve EBA
IBMB Braunschweig UB 3027/0274-4 & supplement letter 133/00-NauWarringtonre WF-Report No 166402
IBMB Braunschweig UB 3333/0891-2 Warringtonre WF-Report No 166402
May 2011
page 37
Design examples
Design examples
HIT HY 150 MAX + M20 HAS-E-R rods Design Input
Base Material Description Thickness Concrete strength f'c,cyl Anchors layout Number of anchors Edge distance - c Spacing - s1 Applied loads Tension - NSd Shear - VSd 70kN 40kN 2 x M20 200mm 150mm Non-cracked concrete 250mm 40MPa
C = 200 S1 = 150
Nsd = 70kN
Vsd = 40kN
250*
Design Process
Step 1 - Design Tensile Resistance NRd Steel - NRd,s per single anchor Steel - NRd,s per 2 anchors Combined pullout and concrete cone resistance NRd,p fB,p - Inuence of concrete strength N*Rd,p - from the relevant table (refer page 97) NRd,p = fB,p N*Rd,p Concrete cone or splitting resistance NRd,c fB - Inuence of concrete strength N*Rd,c - from the relevant table (refer page 97) NRd,c = fB N*Rd,c NRd = min {NRd,s;NRd,p;NRd,c} Design check - Tension NRd > NSd Step 2 - Design Shear Resistance VRd Steel - VRd,s per single anchor Steel - VRd,s per 2 anchors Design concrete edge resistance VRd,c fB - Inuence of concrete strength V*Rd,c - from the relevant table (refer page 97) VRd,c = fB V*Rd,c VRd = min {VRd,s;VRd,c} Design check - Shear VRd > VSd Step 3 - Design check under combined loads NSd / NRd + VSd / VRd 1.2 1.31 > 1.2
page 38
(see page 93)
84kN 168kN 1.021 98.7kN 100.7kN 1.11 89.4kN 99.2kN 99.2kN Safe
(see page 94)
50.6kN 101.2kN 1.11 59.5kN 66kN 66kN Safe

(see page 94)
1.31 Unsafe
May 2011
Design examples
M16 HSL-3 Design Input

Base Material Description Thickness Concrete strength fc,cyl Anchors layout Number of anchors Edge distance - c Spacing - s1=s2 Applied loads Tension - NSd Shear - VSd 80kN 20kN 4 x M16 175mm 250mm
C = 175
Nsd = 80kN
S1 = 250
Non-cracked concrete 200mm 25MPa
S2 = 250
200
Vsd = 20kN
Design Process
Step 1 - Design Tensile Resistance NRd Steel - NRd,s per single anchor Steel - NRd,s per 4 anchors Concrete cone or splitting resistance NRd,c fB - Inuence of concrete strength N*Rd,c - from the relevant table (refer page 157) NRd,c = fB N*Rd,c NRd = min {NRd,s;NRd,c} Design check - Tension NRd > NSd Step 2 - Design Shear Resistance VRd Steel - VRd,s per single anchor Steel - VRd,s per 4 anchors Design concrete edge resistance VRd,c fB - Inuence of concrete strength V*Rd,c - from the relevant table (refer page 157) VRd,c = fB V*Rd,c VRd = min {VRd,s;VRd,c} Design check - Shear VRd > VSd Step 3 - Design check under combined loads NSd / NRd + VSd / VRd 1.08 < 1.2
(see page 152) (see page 152) (see page 151)
83.7kN 334.8kN 0.87 111.6kN 97.1kN 97.1kN Safe
80.9kN 323.6kN 0.87 89.9kN 78.2kN 78.2kN Safe
1.08 Safe
May 2011
page 39
Design examples
HVU + M12 HAS-E- Grade 5.8 Design Input

Base Material Description Thickness Concrete strength fc,cyl Anchors layout Number of anchors Edge distance - c Spacing - s1=s2 Applied loads Tension - NSd Shear - VSd 30kN 20kN 4 x M12 80mm 150mm Non-cracked concrete 170mm 32MPa
S2 = 150 S1 = 150
Nsd = 30kN
170
C = 80
Vsd = 20kN
Design Process
Step 1 - Design Tensile Resistance NRd Steel - NRd,s per single anchor Steel - NRd,s per 4 anchors Combined pullout and concrete cone resistance NRd,p fB,p - Inuence of concrete strength N*Rd,p - from the relevant table (refer page 43) NRd,p = fB,p N*Rd,p 4 Concrete cone or splitting resistance NRd,c fB - Inuence of concrete strength N*Rd,c - from the relevant table (refer page 48) NRd,c = fB N*Rd,c NRd = min {NRd,s;NRd,p;NRd,c} Design check - Tension NRd > NSd Step 2 - Design Shear Resistance VRd Steel - VRd,s per single anchor Steel - VRd,s per 4 anchors Design concrete edge resistance VRd,c fB - Inuence of concrete strength V*Rd,c - from the relevant table (refer page 48) VRd,c = fB V*Rd,c VRd = min {VRd,s;VRd,c} Design check - Shear VRd > VSd Step 3 - Design check under combined loads NSd / NRd + VSd / VRd 1.2 1.08 < 1.2
(see page 44) (see page 44) (see page 43)
25.3kN 101.2kN 1 28kN 112kN 1 48.5kN 48.5kN 48.5kN Safe
15.2kN 60.8kN 1 43.4kN 43.4kN 43.4kN Safe
1.08 Safe
page 40
May 2011
Chemical anchoring systems.

Foil capsule systems l Injection mortar systems
May 2011
page 41
HVU with HAS/HAS-E rod adhesive anchor

Mortar System
Hilti HVU foil capsule

Benefits
suitable for non-cracked concrete C 20/25 to C 50/60 high loading capacity suitable for dry and water saturated concrete large diameter applications high corrosion resistant small edge distance and anchor spacing possible
HAS rods HAS-E (Zinc) HAS-E-F (Gal) HAS-E-R (A4-70) HAS-HCR rods
A4 316
Concrete Small edge distance & spacing Fire resistance Corrosion resistance
highMo
High corrosion resistance European Technical Approval CE conformity Hilti anchor design software
HCR
Approvals / certicates
Description European technical approval a) Fire test report Fire test report ZTV-Tunnel Assessment report (re) Authority / Laboratory DIBt, Berlin IBMB, Braunschweig IBMB, Braunschweig warringtonre No. / date of issue ETA-05/0255 / 2010-03-01 ETA-05/0256 / 2006-01-20 ETA-05/0257 / 2006-01-20 UB-3333/0891-1 / 2004-03-26 UB 3333/0891-2 / 2003-08-12 WF 166402 / 2007-10-26
a) All data given in this section according ETA-05/0255, HAS-(E) and HIS-N ETA-05/0256, HAS-(E)R and HIS-RN ETA-05/0257, HAS-HCR
Service temperature range

Hilti HVU adhesive may be applied in the temperature ranges given below. An elevated base material temperature may lead to a reduction of the design bond resistance. Temperature range Temperature range I Temperature range II Temperature range III Base material temperature -40 C to +40 C -40 C to +80 C -40 C to +120 C Maximum long term base material temperature +24 C +50 C +72 C Maximum short term base material temperature +40 C +80 C +120 C
Max short term base material temperature Short-term elevated base material temperatures are those that occur over brief intervals, e.g. as a result of diurnal cycling. Max long term base material temperature Long-term elevated base material temperatures are roughly constant over signicant periods of time.
page 42
May 2011
Design process for typical anchor layouts

The design values in the tables are obtained from the design method according to ETAG 001, Annex C and Hilti simplied design method. Design resistance according to data given in ETA-05/0255, issue 2010-03-01 and ETA-05/0256, issue 2006-01-20.

Inuence of concrete strength Inuence of edge distance Inuence of spacing
The design method is based on the following simplication:
No different loads are acting on individual anchors (no eccentricity)
The values are valid for the anchor conguration. For more complex fastening applications please use the anchor design software PROFIS Anchor.
STEP 1:
TENSION LOADING
The design tensile resistance NRd is the lower of:
Combined pull-out and concrete cone resistance NRd,p = fB,p N*Rd,p n
n = number of anchors
N*Rd,p
Anchor N*Rd,p
per anchor
M8 13.9
M10 17.5
M12 28.0
M16 34.9
M20 52.4
M24 80.4
fB,p inuence of concrete strength on combined pull-out and concrete cone resistance
Concrete Strengths fc,cyl (MPa) fB,p
20 0.95
25 0.97
32 1.00
40 1.021
50 1.04
Concrete cone or concrete splitting resistance NRd,c = fB N*Rd,c
N*Rd,c is obtained from the relevant design tables fB inuence of concrete strength on concrete cone resistance
Concrete Strengths fc,cyl (MPa) fB
20 0.79
25 0.87
32 1.00
40 1.11
50 1.22
Design steel resistance (tension) NRd,s

Anchor size NRd,s HAS E 5.8 HAS-E-R [kN] [kN] M8 11.3 12.3 M10 17.3 19.8 M12 25.3 28.3 M16 48.0 54.0 M20 74.7 84.0 M24 106.7 119.8
NRd = min { NRd,p, NRd,c, NRd,s } CHECK NRd NSd
May 2011
page 43
STEP 2:
SHEAR LOADING
The design shear resistance VRd is the lower of:
Design Concrete Edge Resistance VRd,c = fB V*Rd,c
V*Rd,c is obtained from the relevant design table fB inuence of concrete strength
Concrete Strengths fc,cyl (MPa) fB Shear load acting parallel to edge: These tables are for a single free edge only 2 anchors: For shear loads acting parallel to this edge, the concrete resistance V*Rd,c can be multiplied by the factor = 2.5 4 anchors: For shear loads acting parallel to the edge - the anchor row closest to the edge is checked to resist half the total design load. To obtain the concrete resistance use the corresponding 2 anchor conguration V*Rd,c and multiply by the factor = 2.5
20 0.79
25 0.87
32 1.00
40 1.11
50 1.22
Design steel resistance (shear): VRd,s

Anchor size VRd,s HAS E 5.8 HAS-E-R [kN] [kN] M8 6.8 7.7 M10 10.4 12,2 M12 15.2 17.3 M16 28.8 32.7 M20 44.8 50.6 M24 64.0 71.8
VRd = min { VRd,c, VRd,s } CHECK VRd VSd
STEP 3:
COMBINED TENSION AND SHEAR LOADING
The following equations must be satised:
NSd/NRd + VSd/VRd 1.2 and NSd/NRd 1, VSd/VRd 1
page 44
May 2011
Precalculated table values design resistance values

General: The following tables provide the total ultimate limit state design resistance for the congurations. All tables are based upon:

correct setting (See setting instruction) non-cracked concrete fc,cyl = 32 MPa temperature range II (see service temperature range) base material thickness, as specied in the table One typical embedment depth, as specied in the tables
Basic loading data (for a single anchor) no edge distance and spacing inuence Embedment depth and base material thickness for the basic loading data
Anchor size Typical embedment depth hef [mm] Base material thickness h [mm] M8 80 110 M10 90 120 M12 110 170 M16 125 170 M20 170 220 M24 210 300
Design resistance: concrete 32 MPa

Anchor size Non-cracked concrete Tensile Shear Pull-out a) N*Rd,p VRd,s 13.9 17.5 28.0 34.9 52.4 80.4 Steel governed refer VRd,s table M8 M10 M12 M16 M20 M24
a) Combined pull-out and cone design is governing. Note: for cracked concrete contact your local eld engineer for further information, au.engineering@hilti.com
May 2011
page 45
Two anchors
Table 1: One edge inuence
Design Data: fc,cyl=32 MPa Anchor size
Typical embedment depth hef [mm] Base material thickness h [mm]
ANCHOR
S1
Nsd
M8 80 110
M10 90 120
M12 110 170
M16 125 170
M20 170 220
M24 210 300
Vsd
M8
40 80 100 120 150 200
Edge C (mm) 40
tension N*Rd,c shear V*Rrd,c tension N*Rd,c
80
shear V*Rrd,c tension N*Rd,c
100
150
170
shear V*Rrd,c
spacing s1 (mm)
18.1 20.6 21.8 23.0 24.8 27.9
6.3 7.9 8.6 9.4 9.4 9.4
25.0 28.3 30.0 31.7 34.2 38.4
13.2 15.0 15.9 16.9 18.3 20.6
28.8 32.1 34.6 36.5 39.4 44.2
15.4 17.2 18.1 19.0 20.4 22.6
35.0 39.7 42.0 44.3 47.8 53.7
21.0 22.7 23.6 24.5 25.7 27.9
35.0 39.7 42.0 44.3 47.8 53.7
23.2 24.9 25.8 26.6 27.9 30.0
ANCHOR
M10
spacing s1 (mm)
Edge C (mm) 45
80
100
150
200
shear V*Rrd,c
45 100 150 200 250 300
21.3 24.7 27.8 30.8 34.0 37.4
7.9 10.3 11.8 11.8 11.8 11.8
27.4 31.8 35.6 39.7 43.7 47.6
14.8 17.6 20.2 22.8 24.8 24.8
31.6 36.1 40.7 45.2 49.7 54.2
17.2 19.9 22.4 24.9 27.4 29.9
41.8 48.2 54.2 60.2 66.3 72.3
23.2 25.7 28.1 30.4 32.7 35.1
41.8 48.2 54.2 60.2 66.3 72.3
29.1 31.5 33.8 36.0 38.3 38.7
ANCHOR
M12
spacing s1 (mm)
Edge C (mm) 55
80
100
150
200
shear V*Rrd,c
55 100 150 200 250 300
26.6 29.0 31.6 34.4 37.1 40.1
11.1 13.3 15.8 16.6 16.6 16.6
30.3 33.1 36.1 39.2 42.3 45.3
16.4 18.9 21.7 24.5 26.7 26.7
33.4 36.5 39.9 43.2 46.6 50.0
21.1 23.8 26.7 29.7 32.7 35.7
41.8 45.6 49.8 54.0 58.3 62.5
29.8 32.4 35.4 38.3 41.3 44.5
51.0 55.7 60.8 66.0 71.2 76.3
37.0 39.5 42.3 45.1 48.0 50.8
page 46
May 2011
ANCHOR
M16
spacing s1 (mm)
Edge C (mm) 55
100
150
200
250
shear V*Rrd,c
65 100 150 200 250 300
32.8 34.9 37.8 40.7 43.6 46.6
14.9 17.0 19.8 22.4 22.4 22.4
38.5 40.8 44.2 47.7 51.5 54.5
23.5 25.7 28.9 32.1 35.3 38.6
47.2 50.1 54.3 58.5 62.7 66.8
32.4 34.6 37.8 40.9 44.1 47.2
56.7 60.2 65.2 70.3 75.3 80.3
39.8 41.9 44.9 47.9 50.9 53.9
67.1 71.2 77.1 83.1 89.0 95.0
47.0 49.1 52.0 54.8 57.7 60.6
ANCHOR
M20
spacing s1 (mm)
Edge C (mm) 90
150
200
250
300
shear V*Rrd,c
90 150 200 250 300 350
52.5 57.0 60.0 63.4 66.8 70.2
25.4 29.7 33.2 36.7 38.1 38.1
63.8 68.8 73.0 77.1 81.2 85.4
42.8 47.5 51.5 55.4 59.4 63.4
74.1 79.9 84.7 89.5 94.3 99.1
51.4 55.8 59.6 63.6 67.0 70.7
85.0 91.6 97.2 102.7 108.2 113.7
59.9 64.2 67.7 71.3 74.9 78.4
96.6 104.2 110.4 116.7 123.0 129.3
68.3 72.5 75.9 79.4 82.8 86.3
ANCHOR
M24
spacing s1 (mm)
Edge C (mm) 120

150
200
250
350
shear V*Rrd,c
120 150 200 250 300 350
74.6 76.9 80.8 84.6 88.5 92.4
39.7 42.3 46.4 50.5 54.7 58.8
80.8 83.4 87.6 91.8 96.0 100.2
49.7 52.3 56.6 61.0 65.3 69.7
91.8 94.7 99.5 104.2 109.0 113.8
67.5 70.3 75.0 79.6 84.3 89.0
103.4 106.7 112.1 117.4 122.8 128.2
77.6 80.2 84.7 89.2 93.6 98.1
128.5 132.6 139.2 145.9 152.6 159.3
97.6 100.1 104.2 108.4 112.6 116.8
May 2011
page 47
Four anchors
ANCHOR
S2 C
S1
Nsd
M8 80 110
M10 90 120
M12 110 170
M16 125 170
M20 170 220
M24 210 300
Vsd
M8
40 80 100 120 150 200
Edge C (mm) 40
80
100
150
170
shear V*Rrd,c
spacing s1=s2 (mm)
21.0 26.9 30.2 33.6 39.1 49.2
12.6 15.8 17.2 18.8 18.8 18.8
28.9 37.1 41.6 46.4 54.0 67.9
17.7 23.8 26.8 29.8 34.3 41.2
33.3 42.8 47.9 53.4 62.2 78.3
19.9 26.0 29.0 32.0 36.4 43.7
40.4 51.9 58.2 64.9 75.5 95.0
25.4 31.4 34.4 37.3 41.7 49.0
40.4 51.9 58.2 64.9 75.5 95.0
30.9 36.8 39.7 42.6 47.0 54.2
ANCHOR
M10
45 100 150 200 250 300
Edge C (mm) 45
80
100
150
200
shear V*Rrd,c
spacing s1=s2 (mm)
24.5 33.0 41.8 51.6 62.4 74.3
15.8 20.6 23.6 23.6 23.6 23.6
31.5 42.4 53.6 66.2 80.1 95.4
20.2 29.2 37.2 45.0 49.6 49.6
35.9 48.2 61.0 75.3 91.2 108.5
22.9 31.5 39.4 47.2 54.8 59.8
47.8 64.3 81.3 100.4 121.6 144.6
28.5 37.2 45.1 52.8 60.5 68.0
47.8 64.3 81.3 100.4 121.6 144.6
34.3 43.0 50.7 58.4 66.0 73.5
ANCHOR
M12
55 100 150 200 250 300
Edge C (mm) 55
80
100
150
200
shear V*Rrd,c
spacing s1=s2 (mm)
30.0 35.7 42.6 50.1 58.2 67.0
22.2 26.6 31.6 33.2 33.2 33.2
34.1 40.6 48.5 57.0 66.3 76.3
27.6 36.7 43.4 49.0 53.4 53.4
37.6 44.8 53.5 62.9 73.1 84.1
30.5 39.5 49.2 58.8 65.4 71.4
47.1 56.0 66.9 78.7 91.4 105.2
37.3 46.5 56.1 65.6 74.9 84.1
57.4 68.4 81.6 96.0 111.6 128.4
44.7 53.4 62.9 72.3 81.6 90.8
page 48
May 2011
Shear design: The concrete edge resistance value in this table uses all 4 anchors in shear. You will need to ensure the gap between anchor and the plate is lled. This can be achieved using the Hilti Dynamic Set.(Refer page 30 for further details) The concrete edge resistance values have been obtained by taking the lesser of: 1. First row resistance multiplied by number of rows and 2. The concrete edge resistance of the furthest row.
ANCHOR
M16
65 100 150 200 250 300
Edge C (mm) 55
100
150
200
250
shear V*Rrd,c
spacing s1=s2 (mm)
37.1 41.9 49.2 57.0 65.4 74.5
29.5 36.8 43.4 49.0 53.4 53.4
43.5 49.0 57.6 66.8 76.6 87.2
34.6 41.9 52.0 59.6 70.6 77.2
53.4 60.2 70.6 81.9 94.0 107.0
42.0 49.1 59.0 68.7 78.4 87.9
64.1 72.3 84.8 98.4 113.0 128.5
49.2 56.2 66.0 75.6 85.2 94.6
75.8 85.4 100.3 116.3 133.5 151.9
56.4 63.2 72.9 82.5 92.0 101.4
ANCHOR
M20
90 150 200 250 300 350
Edge C (mm) 90
150
200
250
300
shear V*Rrd,c
spacing s1=s2 (mm)
59.4 69.0 77.6 86.6 96.2 106.3
47.9 59.4 66.4 73.4 76.2 76.2
72.3 84.0 94.4 105.4 117.1 129.4
58.2 72.5 84.0 95.5 106.7 117.9
83.9 97.5 109.6 122.4 135.9 150.1
66.6 80.7 92.2 103.5 114.7 125.8
96.3 111.8 125.7 140.4 155.9 172.2
75.0 88.9 100.2 111.5 122.6 133.6
109.4 127.2 142.9 159.6 177.2 195.8
83.3 97.0 108.3 119.5 130.5 141.5
ANCHOR
M24
120 150 200 250 300 350
Edge C (mm) 120

150
200
250
350
shear V*Rrd,c
spacing s1=s2 (mm)
85.2 90.6 100.0 109.8 120.1 130.9
75.5 84.3 92.8 101.0 109.4 117.6
92.4 98.2 108.4 119.1 130.3 141.9
81.6 90.2 104.2 118.0 130.6 139.4
105.0 111.6 123.2 135.3 148.0 161.2
91.6 100.1 114.0 127.7 141.1 154.5
118.2 125.7 138.7 152.4 166.7 181.6
101.5 109.9 123.7 137.2 150.6 163.9
146.9 156.2 172.4 189.4 207.1 225.7
121.2 129.4 142.9 156.3 169.5 182.6
May 2011
page 49
Materials
Mechanical properties of HAS Data according ETA-05/0255/0256/0257, issue 2010-03-01 / 2006-01-20 Anchor size HAS-(E) Nominal tensile strength fuk HAS-(E)F HAS (E)R HAS-(E) Yield strength fyk HAS-(E)F HAS (E)R HAS (E)HCR Stressed cross-section As Section modulus Z Steel failure with lever arm HAS-E-5.8 Design bending moment MRd,s HAS-E-8.8 HAS-E-R HAS-E-HCR [kN] [kN] [kN] [kN] HAS HAS [N/mm] [N/mm] [N/mm] [N/mm] [N/mm] [N/mm] [N/mm] [mm] [mm] M8 500 800 700 800 400 640 450 600 32.8 27.0 M8 13 NA 15 21 M10 500 800 700 800 400 640 450 600 52.3 54.1 M10 26 NA 29 42 M12 500 800 700 800 400 640 450 600 76.2 93.8 M12 45 NA 51 72 M16 500 800 700 800 400 640 450 600 144 244 M16 118 NA 131 187 M20 500 800 700 800 400 640 450 600 225 474 M20 227 NA 255 364 M24 500 800 700 700 400 640 450 400 324 809 M24 389 NA 436 389 M30 800 800 500 640 640 210 519 1706 M30 NA 1310 430 819
HAS (E)HCR [N/mm]
Material quality
Part Threaded rod HAS-(E) M8-M24 HAS-(E) M27+M30 Threaded rod HAS-(E)F M8-M30 HAS-(E) M27+M30 Threaded rod HAS-(E)R Threaded rod HAS-(E)HCR Material Strength class 5.8, EN ISO 898-1, A5 > 8% ductile steel galvanized 5 m, EN ISO 4042 (F) hot dipped galvanized 45 m, EN ISO 10684 Strength class 8.8, EN ISO 898-1, A5 > 8% ductile steel galvanized 5 m, EN ISO 4042 (F) hot dipped galvanized 45 m, EN ISO 10684 Stainless steel grade A4, A5 > 8% ductile strength class 70 for M24 and class 50 for M27 to M30, EN ISO 3506-1, EN 10088: 1.4401; High corrosion resistant steel, EN ISO 3506-1, EN 10088: 1.4529; 1.4565 strength M20: Rm = 800 N/mm, Rp 0.2 = 640 N/mm, A5 > 8% ductile M24: Rm = 700 N/mm, Rp 0.2 = 400 N/mm, A5 > 8% ductile Steel galvanized, EN ISO 4042; hot dipped galvanized, EN ISO 10684 Washer ISO 7089 Stainless steel, EN 10088: 1.4401 High corrosion resistant steel, EN 10088: 1.4529; 1.4565 Strength class 8, ISO 898-2 steel galvanized 5 m, EN ISO 4042 hot dipped galvanized 45 m, EN ISO 10684 Nut EN ISO 4032 Strength class 70, EN ISO 3506-2, stainless steel grade A4, EN 10088: 1.4401 Strength class 70, EN ISO 3506-2, high corrosion resistant steel, EN 10088: 1.4529; 1.4565
page 50
May 2011
Anchor dimensions
Anchor size Anchor rod HAS-E,HAS-R, HAS-ER HAS-HCR Anchor embedment depth [mm] M8 M8x80 M10 M10x90 M12 M12x110 M16 M16x125 M20 M20x170 M24 M24x210 M30 a) M30x270 270 M30
page 51
80
90
110
125
170
210
a) M30 design please use anchor design software PROFIS anchor.
Setting Installation equipment

Anchor size Rotary hammer Other tools M8 M10 M12 M16 M20 M24 TE 40 TE 70 TE 2 TE 16
compressed air gun or blow out pump, set of cleaning brushes, dispenser
Setting instructions Dry and water-saturated concrete, hammer drilling
For detailed information on installation see instruction for use given with the package of the product. For technical data for anchors in diamond drilled holes please contact the Hilti Technical advisory service.
May 2011
Curing time for general conditions

Data according ETA-05/0255/0256/0257, issue 2010-03-01 / 2006-01-20 Temperature of the base material 20 C to 40 C 10 C to 19 C 0 C to 9 C -5 C to - 1 C Curing time before anchor can be fully loaded tcure 20 min 30 min 1h 5h
Setting details
Data according ETA-05/0255/0256/0257, issue 2010-03-01 / 2006-01-20 Anchor size Nominal diameter of d0 drill bit Effective anchorage hef,min and drill hole depth Diameter of clearance hole df in the xture Minimum spacing Minimum edge distance Torque moment a) smin cmin tmax [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [Nm] M8 10 80 9 40 40 10 M10 12 90 12 45 45 20 M12 14 110 14 55 55 40 M16 18 125 18 65 65 80 M20 24 170 22 90 90 150 M24 28 210 26 120 120 200 M30 35 270 33 135 135 300
a) This is the maximum recommended torque moment to avoid splitting failure during installation for anchors with minimum spacing and/or edge distance.
page 52
May 2011
May 2011
page 53
HVU with HIS-(R)N adhesive anchor

Mortar System Benefits
Hilti HVU foil capsule
suitable for non-cracked concrete C 20/25 to C 50/60 high loading capacity suitable for dry and water saturated concrete
Internal threaded sleeve HIS-N HIS-RN (A4-70)
A4 316
Concrete Small edge distance & spacing Fire resistance Corrosion resistance European Technical Approval CE conformity Hilti anchor design software
Description European technical approval a) ETA-05/0256 / 2006-01-20 Fire test report Assessment report (re) a) All data given in this section according Authority / Laboratory DIBt, Berlin IBMB, Braunschweig IBMB, Braunschweig warringtonre ETA-05/0255, HAS-(E) and HIS-N ETA-05/0256, HAS-(E)R and HIS-RN. No. / date of issue ETA-05/0255 / 2010-03-01 ETA 05/0256 / 2006-01-20 UB-3333/0891-1 / 2004-03-26 UB-3333/0891-1 / 2004-03-26 WF 166402 / 2007-10-26

Hilti HVU adhesive may be applied in the temperature ranges given below. An elevated base material temperature may lead to a reduction of the design bond resistance. Temperature range Temperature range I Temperature range II Temperature range III Base material temperature -40 C to +40 C -40 C to +80 C -40 C to +120 C Maximum long term base material temperature +24 C +50 C +72 C Maximum short term base material temperature +40 C +80 C +120 C
Max short term base material temperature Short-term elevated base material temperatures are those that occur over brief intervals, e.g. as a result of diurnal cycling. Max long term base material temperature Long-term elevated base material temperatures are roughly constant over signicant periods of time.
page 54
May 2011

The design values in the tables are obtained from the design method according to ETAG 001, Annex C and Hilti simplied design method. Design resistance according to data given in ETA-05/0255, issue 2010-03-01 and ETA-05/0256, issue 2006-01-20.

The design method is based on the following simplication: No different loads are acting on individual anchors (no eccentricity) The values are valid for the anchor conguration. For more complex fastening applications please use the anchor design software PROFIS Anchor.
STEP 1:
TENSION LOADING
Combined pull-out and concrete cone resistance NRd,p = fB,p N*Rd,p n
n = number of anchors
N*Rd,p
Anchor N*Rd,p
per anchor
M8 13.9
M10 24.4
M12 34.9
M16 52.4
M20 66.3
fB,p inuence of concrete strength on combined pull-out and concrete cone resistance
20 0.95
25 0.97
32 1.00
40 1.021
50 1.04
20 0.79
25 0.87
32 1.00
40 1.11
50 1.22

Anchor size NRd,s HIS-N HIS-RN Bolt Bolt Bolt Grade 5.8 Grade 8.8 [kN] [kN] [kN] [kN] M8 16.8 13.9 12.0 19.3 13.9 M10 30.7 21.9 19.3 30.7 21.9 M12 44.7 31.6 28.0 44.7 31.6 M16 80.3 58.8 52.7 84.0 58.8 M20 74.1 69.2 82.0 130.7 92.0
Grade A 4-70 / 316 [kN]
Note: Designer needs to check the bolt tensile resistance.

May 2011 page 55
STEP 2:
SHEAR LOADING
20 0.79
25 0.87
32 1.00
40 1.11
50 1.22

Anchor size VRd,s HIS-N HIS-RN Bolt Bolt Bolt Grade 5.8 Grade 8.8 [kN] [kN] [kN] [kN] M8 10.4 8.3 7.2 12.0 8.3 M10 18.4 12.8 12.0 18.4 12.8 M12 26.0 19.2 16.8 27.2 19.2 M16 39.3 35.3 31.2 50.4 35.3 M20 36.7 41.5 48.8 78.4 55.1
Grade A 4-70 / 316 [kN]
Note: Designer needs to check the bolt shear resistance.
STEP 3:
page 56
May 2011


correct setting (See setting instruction) non-cracked concrete fc,cyl = 32 MPa temperature range II (see service temperature range) base material thickness, as specied in the table One typical embedment depth, as specied in the tables
Anchor size Embedment depth [mm] Base material thickness [mm] M8 90 120 M10 110 150 M12 125 170 M16 170 230 M20 205 270

Anchor size Non-cracked concrete Tensile Shear Pull-out a) N*Rd,p VRd,s 13.9 24.4 34.9 52.4 66.3 Steel governed refer VRd,s table M8 M10 M12 M16 M20
a) Combined pull-out and cone design is governing. Note: for cracked concrete contact your local eld engineer for further information.
May 2011
page 57
Two anchors
ANCHOR
S1
Nsd
M8 80 110
M10 90 120
M12 110 170
M16 125 170
M20 170 220
M24 205 300
Vsd
M8
40 80 100 120 150 200
Edge C (mm) 40
80
100
150
200
shear V*Rrd,c
spacing s1 (mm)
21.2 23.9 25.3 26.7 28.8 32.1
7.1 8.9 9.8 10.7 10.7 10.7
29.0 32.8 34.6 36.5 39.5 44.0
15.1 17.2 18.3 19.4 21.0 23.7
33.3 37.6 39.8 41.9 45.1 50.5
17.5 19.6 20.6 21.7 23.2 25.8
41.5 46.8 49.6 52.2 56.2 62.9
23.6 25.6 26.5 27.5 29.0 31.4
41.5 46.8 49.6 52.2 56.2 62.9
29.6 31.5 32.4 33.3 34.7 37.0
ANCHOR
M10
spacing s1 (mm)
Edge C (mm) 45
80
100
150
200
shear V*Rrd,c
45 100 150 200 250 300
27.6 31.7 35.3 39.0 42.7 46.4
9.3 12.1 13.9 13.9 13.9 13.9
34.9 40.0 44.6 49.2 53.9 58.6
16.8 20.1 23.0 26.0 28.4 28.4
39.3 45.1 50.3 55.6 60.8 66.1
21.7 25.1 28.3 31.4 34.5 37.7
51.6 59.1 66.0 72.9 79.8 86.6
28.7 31.9 34.8 37.7 40.6 43.5
55.6 63.7 71.1 78.5 85.9 93.3
35.6 38.7 41.4 44.2 47.0 49.7
ANCHOR
M12
spacing s1 (mm)
Edge C (mm) 55
80
100
150
200
shear V*Rrd,c
60 100 150 200 250 300
36.1 39.5 43.6 47.8 52.0 56.1
14.3 16.7 19.7 21.5 21.5 21.5
40.6 44.4 49.0 53.7 58.4 63.1
19.1 21.6 24.8 28.0 30.5 30.5
45.4 49.5 54.8 60.0 65.2 70.4
24.2 26.9 30.2 33.6 37.0 40.3
58.2 63.6 70.3 77.0 83.7 90.4
33.4 36.0 39.3 42.5 45.8 49.1
68.8 75.2 83.1 91.0 98.9 106.8
40.9 43.3 46.4 49.5 52.6 55.7
page 58
May 2011
ANCHOR
M16
spacing s1 (mm)
Edge C (mm) 80
100
150
200
250
shear V*Rrd,c
80 100 150 200 250 300
56.7 58.6 63.4 68.2 73.0 77.9
23.3 24.7 28.4 32.0 34.9 34.9
61.9 64.0 69.2 74.5 79.7 84.9
28.9 30.4 34.2 38.0 41.8 45.6
75.6 78.3 84.6 91.1 97.5 103.9
44.2 46.0 50.1 54.3 58.4 62.7
90.7 93.8 101.5 109.2 116.9 124.6
53.8 55.3 59.3 63.3 67.2 71.2
107.0 110.7 119.7 128.8 137.9 147.0
62.7 64.2 67.9 71.7 75.5 79.3
ANCHOR
M20
spacing s1 (mm)
Edge C (mm) 125

150
200
250
300
shear V*Rrd,c
125 150 200 250 300 350
86.5 89.5 95.4 101.2 107.0 112.9
42.7 44.9 49.2 53.4 57.7 62.0
94.3 97.5 103.9 110.2 116.6 123.0
51.2 53.4 57.8 62.3 66.7 71.2
110.6 114.4 121.9 129.3 136.8 144.3
65.7 68.0 72.5 77.0 81.5 86.1
128.2 132.5 141.2 149.8 158.5 167.1
75.3 77.5 81.8 86.1 90.4 94.7
146.9 151.8 161.8 171.7 181.6 191.5
84.9 87.0 91.1 95.3 99.4 103.5
May 2011
page 59
Four anchors
ANCHOR
S2 C
S1
Nsd
M8 80 110
M10 90 120
M12 110 170
M16 125 170
M20 170 220
M24 205 300
Vsd
M8
40 80 100 120 150 200
Edge C (mm) 40
80
100
150
200
shear V*Rrd,c
spacing s1=s2 (mm)
24.4 31.1 34.7 38.6 44.7 56.0
14.2 17.8 19.6 21.4 21.4 21.4
33.3 42.5 47.5 52.7 61.2 76.6
22.0 26.8 30.1 33.3 38.2 46.1
38.3 48.8 54.5 60.6 70.2 88.0
22.4 29.1 32.4 35.6 40.5 48.4
47.7 60.8 67.9 75.4 87.5 109.6
28.4 35.0 38.2 41.4 46.2 54.0
47.7 60.8 67.9 75.4 87.5 109.6
34.3 40.8 44.0 47.1 51.9 59.6
ANCHOR
M10
45 100 150 200 250 300
Edge C (mm) 45
80
100
150
200
shear V*Rrd,c
spacing s1=s2 (mm)
31.4 41.3 51.4 62.7 75.1 88.6
18.6 24.2 27.8 27.8 27.8 27.8
39.6 52.1 64.9 79.2 94.8 111.8
25.2 36.0 45.4 52.0 56.8 56.8
44.7 58.8 73.2 89.3 107.0 126.2
28.0 38.7 48.0 57.2 66.2 75.1
58.6 77.1 96.0 117.1 140.2 165.4
35.0 45.4 54.6 63.7 72.6 81.5
63.1 83.0 103.4 126.1 151.0 178.1
41.8 52.0 61.1 70.1 79.0 87.8
ANCHOR
M12
60 100 150 200 250 300
Edge C (mm) 60
80
100
150
200
shear V*Rrd,c
spacing s1=s2 (mm)
42.0 50.0 61.1 73.3 86.6 101.0
28.6 33.4 39.4 43.0 43.0 43.0
47.2 56.2 68.7 82.4 97.4 113.5
31.9 40.4 49.6 56.0 61.0 61.0
52.6 62.7 76.7 92.0 108.7 126.7
34.9 43.4 53.6 63.7 73.5 80.6
67.6 80.6 98.4 118.0 139.5 162.7
42.4 50.6 60.8 70.7 80.5 90.1
79.8 95.2 116.3 139.5 164.8 192.3
49.7 57.9 67.9 77.7 87.4 97.0
page 60
May 2011
ANCHOR
M16
80 100 150 200 250 300
Edge C (mm) 80
100
150
200
250
shear V*Rrd,c
spacing s1=s2 (mm)
65.6 70.2 82.1 95.0 108.9 123.7
46.6 49.4 56.8 64.0 69.8 69.8
71.6 76.5 89.6 103.7 118.8 135.0
50.2 55.3 67.9 76.0 83.6 91.2
87.8 93.6 109.6 126.8 145.2 165.0
59.1 64.2 76.5 88.6 100.5 112.3
105.0 112.2 131.4 152.0 174.2 197.8
67.9 72.9 85.1 97.1 108.8 120.5
123.8 132.4 154.9 179.3 205.5 233.4
76.7 81.6 93.6 105.5 117.1 128.7
ANCHOR
M20
125 150 200 250 300 350
Edge C (mm) 125

150
200
250
300
shear V*Rrd,c
spacing s1=s2 (mm)
104.2 111.4 126.4 142.3 159.3 177.2
75.3 82.2 95.8 106.8 115.4 124.0
113.5 121.3 137.6 155.0 173.5 193.0
80.1 87.0 100.4 113.7 126.7 139.5
133.1 142.1 161.5 181.9 203.6 226.4
89.7 96.4 109.7 122.8 135.7 148.5
154.2 164.8 187.1 210.7 235.8 262.2
99.2 105.8 119.0 132.0 144.8 157.5
176.7 188.9 213.6 241.5 270.2 300.5
108.6 115.2 128.2 141.1 153.8 166.4
May 2011
page 61
Materials
Mechanical properties of HIS-(R)N Anchor size HIS-N Nominal tensile strength fuk Screw 8.8 HIS-RN Screw A4-70 HIS-N Yield strength fyk Screw 8.8 HIS-RN Screw A4-70 Stressed cross-section As Section modulus Z HIS-(R)N Screw HIS-(R)N Screw [N/mm] [N/mm] [N/mm] [N/mm] [N/mm] [N/mm] [N/mm] [N/mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] M8x90 M10x110 M12x125 M16x170 M20x205 490 800 700 700 410 640 350 450 51.5 36.6 145 31.2 490 800 700 700 410 640 350 450 108.0 58 430 62.3 460 800 700 700 375 640 350 450 169.1 84.3 840 109 460 800 700 700 375 640 350 450 256.1 157 1595 277 460 800 700 700 375 640 350 450 237.6 245 1543 541
Material quality
Part Internal threaded sleeve HIS-N
a)
Material C-steel 1.0718 Steel galvanized 5m Stainless steel 1.4401
Internal threaded sleeve b) HIS-RN
a) related fastening screw: strength class 8.8 EN ISO 898-1, A5 > 8% Ductile steel galvanized 5m b) related fastening screw: strength class 70 EN ISO 3506-1, A5 > 8% Ductile stainless steel 1.4401
Anchor dimensions
Anchor size Internal sleeve HIS-(R)N Anchor embedment depth [mm] M8x90 M8x90 90 M10x110 M10x110 110 M12x125 M12x125 125 M16x170 M16x170 170 M20x205 M20x205 205

Anchor size Rotary hammer Other tools M8 M10 M12 M16 TE 40 TE 70 M20 TE 2 TE 16
blow out pump or compressed air gun, setting tools
page 62
May 2011
May 2011
page 63

Data according ETA-05/0255/0256, issue 2010-03-01 / 2006-01-20 Temperature of the base material 20 C to 40 C 10 C to 19 C 0 C to 9 C -5 C to - 1 C Curing time before anchor can be fully loaded tcure 20 min 30 min 1h 5h
Setting details
Data according ETA-05/0255/0256, issue 2010-03-01 / 2006-01-20 Anchor size Nominal diameter of drill bit Diameter of element Effective anchorage and drill hole depth Diameter of clearance hole in the xture Thread engagement length; min - max Minimum spacing Minimum edge distance Torque moment a) Sleeve HIS-(R)N foil capsule d0 d hef,min df hs smin cmin tmax [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [Nm] M8x90 M10x90 14 12.5 90 9 8-20 40 40 10 M10x110 M12x110 18 16.5 110 12 10-25 45 45 20 M12x125 M16x125 22 20.5 125 14 12-30 60 60 40 M16x170 M20x170 28 25.4 170 18 16-40 80 80 80 M20x205 M24x210 32 27.6 205 22 20-50 125 125 150
a) This is the maximum recommended torque moment to avoid splitting failure during installation for anchors with minimum spacing and/or edge distance.
page 64
May 2011
May 2011
page 65
Hilti HIT-RE 500 with HIT-V / HAS

Injection Mortar System Benefits
suitable for non-cracked concrete C 20/25 to C 50/60 high loading capacity suitable for dry and water saturated concrete under water application large diameter applications high corrosion resistant long working time at elevated temperatures odourless epoxy
Hilti HIT-RE 500 330 ml foil pack (also available as 500 ml and 1400 ml foil pack)
Static mixer HAS rods HAS-E (Zinc) HAS-E-F (Gal) HAS-E-R (A4-70) HAS-HCR rods HIT-V rods HIT-V (Zinc) HIT-V-F (Gal) HIT-V-R (A4-70) HIT-V-HCR rods
varied embedment depths

small edge distance and anchor spacing possible
A4 316
Concrete Small edge distance & spacing Variable embedment depth Fire resistance Corrosion resistance
highMo
HCR
Description European technical approval a) Fire test report Assessment report (re) Authority / Laboratory DIBt, Berlin IBMB, Braunschweig warringtonre No. / date of issue ETA-04/0027 / 2009-05-20 UB 3565 / 4595 / 2006-10-29 UB 3588 / 4825 / 2005-11-15 WF 166402 / 2007-10-26 & suppl. WF 172920 / 2008-05-27
a) All data given in this section according ETA-04/0027, issue 2009-05-20.

Hilti HIT-RE 500 injection mortar may be applied in the temperature ranges given below. An elevated base material temperature may lead to a reduction of the design bond resistance. Temperature range Temperature range I Temperature range II Temperature range III Base material temperature -40 C to +40 C -40 C to +58 C -40 C to +70 C Maximum long term base material temperature +24 C +35 C +43 C Maximum short term base material temperature +40 C +58 C +70 C
Max short term base material temperature Short-term elevated base material temperatures are those that occur over brief intervals, e.g. as a result of diurnal cycling. Max long term base material temperature Long-term elevated base material temperatures are roughly constant over signicant periods of time
page 66 May 2011

The design values in the tables are obtained from Pros V2.1.1 in compliance with the design method according to EOTA TR 029. Design resistance according to data given in ETA-04/0027, issue 2009-05-20.

STEP 1:
TENSION LOADING
Combined pull-out and concrete cone resistance NRd,p = fB,p N*Rd,p 1,2
N*Rd,p is obtained from the relevant design tables fB,p inuence of concrete strength on combined pull-out and concrete cone resistance
Concrete Strengths fc,cyl (MPa) fB,p 20 0.95 25 0.97 32 1.00 40 1.021 50 1.04
1 For non dry concrete multiply NRd,p by the factor 0.83
2 For diamond cored holes multiply NRd,p by the factor 0.7
Concrete cone or concrete splitting resistance NRd,c = fB N*Rd,c 3
Concrete Strengths fc,cyl (MPa) fB 20 0.79 25 0.87 32 1.00 40 1.11 50 1.22
3 For non dry concrete multiply NRd,c by the factor 0.83. The denition of Dry Concrete, as per Hilti is: concrete not in contact with water before/during installation and curing.

Anchor size NRd,s HAS E 5.8 HIT-V 5.8 HIT-V 8.8 HAS-E-R HIT-V-R [kN] [kN] [kN] [kN] [kN] M8 11.3 12.0 19.3 12.3 13.9 M10 17.3 19.3 30.7 19.8 21.9 M12 25.3 28.0 44.7 28.3 31.6 M16 48.0 52.7 84.0 54.0 58.8 M20 74.7 82.0 130.7 84.0 92.0 M24 106.7 118.0 188.0 119.8 132.1 M30 187.3 299.3 92.0 98.3

May 2011 page 67
STEP 2:
SHEAR LOADING
20 0.79
25 0.87
32 1.00
40 1.11
50 1.22

Anchor size VRd,s HAS E 5.8 HIT-V 5.8 HIT-V 8.8 HAS-E-R HIT-V-R [kN] [kN] [kN] [kN] [kN] M8 6.8 7.2 12.0 7.7 8.3 M10 10.4 12.0 18.4 12,2 12.8 M12 15.2 16.8 27.2 17.3 19.2 M16 28.8 31.2 50.4 32.7 35.3 M20 44.8 48.8 78.4 50.6 55.1 M24 64.0 70.4 112.8 71.8 79.5 M30 112.0 179.2 55.5 58.8
STEP 3:
page 68
May 2011


correct setting (See setting instruction) non-cracked concrete fc,cyl = 32 MPa temperature range I (see service temperature range) base material thickness, as specied in the table One typical embedment depth, as specied in the tables dry concrete
The following tables give design values for typical embedment depths. The latest version of the Hilti software Pros allows the engineer to optimise their design by varying the embedment depth according to the applied loads to achieve an economical solution every time. This is done by selecting HIT-V-Rods. For more information on the HIT V rods please refer to the Chemical Anchor Components & Accessories section on page 134. The anchor design software program Pros can be download from the Hilti Australia website, www.hilti.com.au.
Anchor size Typical embedment depth hef [mm] Base material thickness h [mm] M8 80 110 M10 90 120 M12 110 150 M16 125 200 M20 170 250 M24 210 300 M30 270 350
Design resistance: dry concrete 32 MPa

Anchor size Non-cracked concrete Tensile Shear Pull-out Concrete N*Rd,p N*Rd,c VRd,s 19.2 26.1 27.0 31.0 39.7 42.0 56.4 51.0 95.8 88.6 132.7 111.1 198.1 161.9 M8 M10 M12 M16 M20 M24 M30
Steel governed refer VRd,s table
Note: for cracked concrete refer HIT-RE 500-SD section page 80.
May 2011
page 69
Two Anchors
ANCHOR
S1
Nsd
M8 80 110
M10 90 120
M12 110 150
M16 125 200
M20 170 250
M24 210 300
Vsd
M8
40 80 100 120 150 200
Edge C (mm) 40
tension N*Rd,p N*Rd,c shear V*Rrd,c N*Rd,p
80
tension N*Rd,c shear V*Rrd,c N*Rd,p
100
150
170
tension N*Rd,c shear V*Rrd,c
spacing s1 (mm)
13.2 14.8 15.6 16.3 17.5 19.4
13.9 15.4 16.1 16.8 17.9 19.8
6.3 7.9 8.6 9.4 9.4 9.4
18.7 21.0 22.1 23.2 24.8 27.6
18.1 19.9 20.9 21.8 23.3 25.7
13.2 15.0 15.9 16.9 18.3 20.6
21.8 24.4 25.7 27.0 28.9 32.0
20.3 22.4 23.5 24.6 26.2 28.9
15.4 17.2 18.1 19.0 20.4 22.6
24.5 27.5 28.6 30.4 32.5 36.1
26.5 29.3 30.7 32.0 34.2 37.7
21.0 22.7 23.6 24.5 25.7 27.9
24.6 27.5 28.9 30.4 32.5 36.1
29.2 32.3 33.8 35.3 37.7 41.5
23.2 24.9 25.7 26.6 27.9 30.0
ANCHOR
M10
spacing s1 (mm)
Edge C (mm) 50
80
100
150
200
50 100 150 200 250 300
18.6 21.2 23.9 26.5 29.0 30.1
17.0 19.0 20.9 22.8 24.7 26.6
9.0 11.3 13.5 13.5 13.5 13.5
23.4 26.8 30.0 33.4 36.6 37.9
20.3 22.6 24.7 27.0 29.3 31.6
15.0 17.6 20.2 22.8 24.8 24.8
26.9 30.7 34.4 38.3 42.0 43.4
22.4 25.1 27.5 30.1 32.5 35.2
17.4 19.9 22.4 24.9 27.4 29.9
33.5 38.3 43.0 47.6 52.3 54.2
28.6 31.8 35.0 38.3 41.4 44.6
23.4 25.7 28.1 30.4 32.7 35.1
33.5 38.3 43.0 47.6 52.3 54.2
35.2 39.0 43.0 46.9 50.8 54.7
29.3 31.5 33.8 36.1 38.3 40.6
ANCHOR
M12
spacing s1 (mm)
Edge C (mm) 60
80
100
150
200
60 100 150 200 250 300
26.4 28.9 32.2 35.4 38.6 41.9
24.2 26.0 28.3 30.6 32.9 35.2
12.3 14.4 16.9 18.5 18.5 18.5
30.0 33.0 36.6 40.3 44.0 47.6
26.6 28.7 31.2 33.7 36.2 38.8
16.7 18.9 21.7 24.5 26.7 26.7
33.8 37.2 41.4 45.5 49.7 53.8
29.3 31.4 34.2 37.0 39.7 42.5
21.4 23.8 26.7 29.7 32.7 35.7
44.4 48.7 54.2 59.6 65.2 70.6
36.2 38.9 42.4 45.7 49.1 52.6
28.2 30.5 33.2 36.0 38.7 41.5
47.9 52.6 58.4 64.2 70.1 76.0
43.8 47.2 51.2 55.3 59.4 63.6
35.0 37.1 39.7 42.4 45.0 47.7
page 70
May 2011
ANCHOR
M16
spacing s1 (mm)
Edge C (mm) 80
100
150
200
250
80 100 150 200 250 300
40.4 42.2 46.7 51.1 55.6 60.0
36.6 38.2 42.2 46.2 50.3 54.2
19.3 20.5 23.6 26.6 29.0 29.0
45.1 47.2 52.1 57.1 62.0 67.0
40.8 42.6 47.0 51.6 56.0 60.6
24.4 25.7 28.9 32.1 35.3 38.6
58.0 60.5 66.8 73.2 79.6 85.9
52.3 54.7 60.5 66.1 71.9 77.3
36.2 37.5 41.0 44.4 47.8 51.2
68.5 71.5 79.1 86.5 94.1 101.6
61.9 64.6 71.4 78.2 85.1 91.8
44.1 45.4 48.6 51.9 55.1 58.4
68.5 71.5 79.1 86.5 94.1 101.6
61.9 64.6 71.4 78.2 85.1 91.8
52.0 53.2 56.3 59.4 62.6 65.7
ANCHOR
M20
spacing s1 (mm)
Edge C (mm) 120

150
200
250
300
100 150 200 250 300 350
65.3 70.7 76.1 81.4 86.8 92.0
52.4 55.9 59.3 62.8 66.1 69.6
28.9 32.5 36.1 39.7 43.4 43.4
79.8 86.4 93.0 99.5 106.1 112.7
61.9 65.9 70.0 74.0 78.0 82.1
44.0 48.0 52.0 56.0 60.0 64.0
95.8 103.6 111.5 119.3 127.2 135.0
72.0 76.7 81.4 86.2 90.8 95.5
55.5 59.5 63.5 67.4 71.4 75.4
113.0 122.3 131.5 140.8
82.8 88.2 93.6 99.0
64.6 68.4 72.2 76.0 79.8 83.6
114.7
94.3
73.5 77.2 80.9 84.6 88.2 92.0
124.2 100.4 133.6 106.1 143.0 112.8 152.4 118.9 161.8 125.2
150.0 104.4 159.2 109.8
ANCHOR
M24
spacing s1 (mm)
Edge C (mm) 120

150
200
250
350
120 150 200 250 300 350
88.9 92.4 98.4 104.3 110.2 116.2
69.0 71.2 74.8 78.2 81.8 85.3
39.7 42.3 46.4 50.5 54.7 58.8
98.3 102.2 108.8 115.3 121.9 128.5
74.8 77.0 81.0 84.8 88.7 92.5
49.7 52.3 56.6 61.0 65.3 69.7
115.1 119.6 127.3 135.0
84.8 87.5 91.8 96.1
67.5 70.3 75.0 79.6 84.3 89.0
133.0 138.2
95.4 98.4
77.6 80.2 84.7 89.2 93.6 98.1
158.0 118.3
97.6
164.4 122.0 100.1 174.8 128.2 104.2 185.4 134.2 108.4 196.0 140.2 112.6 206.5 146.4 116.8
147.1 103.3 156.0 108.2 164.9 113.2 173.8 118.1
142.7 100.6 150.4 104.9
May 2011
page 71
Four anchors
ANCHOR
S2 C
S1
Nsd
M8 80 110
M10 90 120
M12 110 150
M16 125 200
M20 170 250
M24 210 300
Vsd
M8
40 80 100 120 150 200
Edge C (mm) 40
tension N*Rd,p N*Rd,c shear V*Rrd,c tension N*Rd,p N*Rd,c
80
shear V*Rrd,c N*Rd,p
100
150
200
spacing s1=s2 (mm)
18.5 24.1 27.4 30.6 35.8 45.0
16.6 21.2 23.8 26.4 30.7 38.5
12.6 15.8 17.2 18.8 18.8 18.8
25.1 31.9 35.6 39.5 45.6 56.5
21.0 26.4 29.3 32.4 37.2 46.2
17.7 23.8 26.8 29.8 34.3 41.2
28.8 36.1 40.1 44.3 50.9 62.6
23.3 29.2 32.3 35.5 40.8 50.3
19.9 26.0 29.0 32.0 36.4 43.7
32.0 40.0 44.2 48.7 55.7 68.2
29.8 36.6 40.3 44.2 50.2 61.2
25.4 31.5 34.4 37.3 41.7 49.0
32.0 40.0 44.2 48.7 55.7 68.2
32.6 39.8 43.8 47.8 54.2 65.9
30.9 36.8 39.7 42.6 47.0 54.2
ANCHOR
M10
50 100 150 200 250 300
Edge C (mm) 50
80
100
150
200
spacing s1=s2 (mm)
25.1 34.1 44.4 55.9 68.6 74.0
20.5 26.6 33.5 41.2 49.6 58.8
17.4 22.6 27.0 27.0 27.0 27.0
30.6 40.8 52.3 65.2 79.4 85.4
23.9 30.6 38.2 46.4 55.7 65.6
21.0 29.2 37.2 45.0 49.6 49.6
34.6 45.6 58.0 71.9 87.0 93.5
26.3 33.4 41.4 50.3 59.3 70.4
23.4 31.5 39.4 47.2 54.8 59.8
42.0 54.6 68.6 84.2 101.2 108.4
32.8 40.9 50.2 60.2 71.2 83.2
29.3 37.2 45.1 52.8 60.5 68.0
42.0 54.6 68.6 84.2 101.4 108.4
39.5 48.8 59.3 70.6 82.9 96.2
35.1 43.0 50.7 58.4 66.0 73.5
ANCHOR
M12
60 100 150 200 250 300
Edge C (mm) 60
80
100
150
200
spacing s1=s2 (mm)
34.3 42.7 54.5 67.7 82.2 98.0
29.0 34.8 42.6 51.2 60.6 70.7
24.1 28.8 33.8 37.0 37.0 37.0
38.3 47.3 60.0 74.0 89.4 106.3
31.8 37.8 46.0 55.1 64.8 75.5
26.9 34.4 43.4 49.0 53.4 53.4
42.6 52.2 65.8 80.6 97.1 115.0
34.4 40.8 49.4 58.9 69.2 80.4
29.6 37.1 46.2 55.2 64.0 71.4
54.2 65.5 81.2 98.5 117.5 138.0
41.9 49.0 58.8 69.5 81.0 93.4
36.3 43.6 52.7 61.5 70.3 79.0
58.0 69.8 86.2 104.2 124.0
49.8 58.0 68.9 80.8 93.6
42.9 50.1 59.1 67.9 76.6 85.2
145.3 107.3
page 72
May 2011
ANCHOR
M16
80 100 150 200 250 300
Edge C (mm) 80
100
150
200
250
spacing s1=s2 (mm)
52.6 58.0 72.8 89.4 107.5
47.5 52.4 65.9 80.6 95.9
37.8 41.0 47.2 53.2 58.0 58.0
57.7 63.5 79.3 96.7
52.1 57.5 71.6 86.9
40.9 45.4 56.3 64.1 70.6 77.2
71.6 78.4 96.6
64.8 70.9 86.6
48.8 53.2 64.0 74.5 85.0 95.2
83.2 90.6
75.1 81.8
56.6 60.9 71.5 82.0 92.4
83.2 90.6
75.1 81.8
64.3 68.6 79.1 89.5 99.7
110.6 100.0 132.7 120.0 156.8 141.1
110.6 100.0 132.7 120.0 156.8 141.7
116.6 103.2 138.6 121.2 162.4 140.6
115.9 102.8 136.9 120.1
127.3 112.4
182.9 163.0 102.6 182.9 165.2 110.0
ANCHOR
M20
100 150 200 250 300 350
Edge C (mm) 100

150
200
250
300
spacing s1=s2 (mm)
83.8 100.4 118.9 138.7
64.6 75.2 86.8 99.0
55.5 65.0 72.2 79.4 86.8 86.8
99.6 118.4 139.0
74.6 86.4 99.0
64.6 77.2 89.6
116.9 137.8
85.4 98.3
73.5 86.0 98.2
135.4
97.0
82.4 94.7
137.3 109.2
91.2
158.5 110.9
160.7 124.3 103.4
160.4 112.0
183.6 125.8 106.8 186.0 140.4 115.4
160.9 112.4 101.7 184.9 126.6 110.3 210.5 141.6 118.8 213.1 157.4 127.3 184.7 126.6 113.7 211.0 142.0 122.2 239.2 158.3 130.7 242.0 175.4 139.1 210.0 141.7 125.6 238.9 158.4 134.0 269.6 175.9 142.4 272.9 194.4 150.8
160.0 112.1 182.9 126.0
ANCHOR
M24
120 150 200 250 300 350
Edge C (mm) 120

150
200
250
350
spacing s1=s2 (mm)
113.4 124.3
84.2 90.7
75.5 84.2 92.8
123.7 135.2
90.4 97.2
81.6 90.2
141.8 101.0
91.6
161.2 111.7 101.5 188.2 136.7 121.2
154.6 108.4 100.1 175.0 120.2 109.9 203.5 145.6 129.4
143.5 102.1
155.6 109.1 104.2 176.8 121.2 114.0 199.2 133.8 123.7 230.4 161.0 142.9
164.2 114.1 101.0 177.4 121.6 118.0 200.5 134.6 127.7 225.0 148.2 137.2 259.1 177.4 156.3 186.2 126.7 109.4 200.6 134.8 130.6 225.7 148.7 141.1 252.5 163.3 150.6 289.3 194.5 169.5 208.9 140.0 117.6 225.2 148.7 139.4 252.5 163.6 154.5 281.4 179.2 163.9 321.2 212.4 182.6
May 2011
page 73
Materials
Mechanical properties of HIT-V / HAS Data according ETA-04/0027, issue 2008-11-03 Anchor size Nominal tensile strength fuk HIT-V/HAS 5.8 HIT-V/HAS 8.8 HIT-V/HAS -R HIT-V/HAS 5.8 Yield strength fyk HIT-V/HAS 8.8 HIT-V/HAS -R [N/mm] [N/mm] [N/mm] [N/mm] [N/mm] [N/mm] [N/mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [kN] [kN] [kN] [kN] [kN] [kN] [kN] [kN] M8 500 800 700 800 400 640 450 600 32.8 36.6 27.0 31.2 M8 15 24 17 24 13 NA 15 21 M10 500 800 700 800 400 640 450 600 52.3 58.0 54.1 62.3 M10 30 48 33 48 26 NA 29 42 M12 500 800 700 800 400 640 450 600 76.2 84.3 93.8 109 M12 53 84 59 84 45 NA 51 72 M16 500 800 700 800 400 640 450 600 144 157 244 277 M16 134 213 149 213 118 NA 131 187 M20 500 800 700 800 400 640 450 600 225 245 474 541 M20 260 415 291 416 227 NA 255 364 M24 500 800 700 700 400 640 450 400 324 353 809 935 M24 449 718 504 449 389 NA 436 389 M30 500 800 500 700 400 640 210 400 519 561 1706 1874 M30 900 1439 472 899 NA 1310 430 819 Additional Hilti technical data M36 500 800 500 500 400 640 210 250 759 817 2949 3294 M36 1581 2530 830 1129 NA 2265 743 1011
HIT-V/HAS -HCR [N/mm]
HIT-V/HAS -HCR Stressed HAS crosssection As HIT-V Section HAS Modulus HIT-V Z Steel failure with lever arm HIT-V-5.8 HIT-V-8.8 Design bending moment MRd,s HIT-V-R HIT-V-HCR HAS-E-5.8 HAS-E-8.8 HAS-E-R HAS-E-HCR
page 74
May 2011
Material quality
Part Threaded rod HIT-V(F), HAS 5.8 M8 M24 Threaded rod HIT-V(F), HAS 8.8 M27 M39 Threaded rod HIT-V-R, HAS-R Threaded rod HIT-V-HCR, HAS-HCR Material Strength class 5.8, EN ISO 898-1, A5 > 8% ductile steel galvanized 5 m, EN ISO 4042 (F) hot dipped galvanized 45 m, EN ISO 10684 Strength class 8.8, EN ISO 898-1, A5 > 8% ductile steel galvanized 5 m, EN ISO 4042 (F) hot dipped galvanized 45 m, EN ISO 10684 Stainless steel grade A4, A5 > 8% ductile strength class 70 for M24 and class 50 for M27 to M30, EN ISO 3506-1, EN 10088: 1.4401 High corrosion resistant steel, EN ISO 3506-1, EN 10088: 1.4529; 1.4565 strength M20: Rm = 800 N/mm, Rp 0.2 = 640 N/mm, A5 > 8% ductile M24 to M30: Rm = 700 N/mm, Rp 0.2 = 400 N/mm, A5 > 8% ductile Steel galvanized, EN ISO 4042; hot dipped galvanized, EN ISO 10684 Washer ISO 7089 Stainless steel, EN 10088: 1.4401 High corrosion resistant steel, EN 10088: 1.4529; 1.4565 Strength class 8, ISO 898-2 steel galvanized 5 m, EN ISO 4042 hot dipped galvanized 45 m, EN ISO 10684 Nut EN ISO 4032 Strength class 70, EN ISO 3506-2, stainless steel grade A4, EN 10088: 1.4401 Strength class 70, EN ISO 3506-2, high corrosion resistant steel, EN 10088: 1.4529; 1.4565
Anchor dimensions
Anchor size Anchor rod HAS, HAS-E,HAS-R, HAS-ER HAS-HCR Anchor embedment depth Anchor rod HIT-V, HIT-V-R, HIT-V-HCR [mm] M8 M8x80 M10 M10x90 M12 M12x110 M16 M16x125 M20 M20x170 M24 M24x210 M30 a) M30x270 M36 a) M36x330 330 M30
page 75
80
90
110
125
170
210
270
Anchor rods HIT-V (-R / -HCR) are available in variable length
a) M30 and M36 please use anchor design software PROFIS anchor.

Anchor size Rotary hammer Other tools Additional Hilti recommended tools M8 M10 M12 M16 M20 M24 TE 40 TE 70 TE 2 TE 16 DD EC-1, DD 100 DD xxx a)
a) For anchors in diamond drilled holes load values for combined pull-out and concrete cone resistance have to be reduced (see section Design process for typical anchor layouts)
May 2011
Brush bore hole with required steel brush HIT-RB a) Note: Manual cleaning only for hef 250 mm and anchor size M16 For detailed information on installation see instruction for use given with the package of the product.
page 76
May 2011
Water lled bore hole or submerged, hammer drilling
Brush bore hole with required steel brush HIT-RB
May 2011
page 77
Setting instructions Dry and water-saturated concrete, diamond coring drilling; Hilti technical information only
For anchors in diamond drilled holes load values for combined pull-out and concrete cone resistance have to be reduced. Load reduction factor: 0.7
page 78
May 2011

Data according ETA-04/0027, issue 2009-05-20 Temperature of the base material 40 C 30 C to 39 C 20 C to 29 C 15 C to 19 C 10 C to 14 C 5 C to 9 C Curing time before anchor can be fully loaded tcure 4h 8h 12 h 24 h 48 h 72 h Additional Hilti technical data Temperature of the base material 40 C 30 C 20 C 15 C 10 C 5 C Working time in which anchor can be inserted and adjusted tcure 12 min 20 min 30 min 1h 2h 2h
For dry concrete curing times may be reduced according to the following table. For installation temperatures below +5 C all load values have to be reduced according to the load reduction factors given below.
Curing time for dry concrete

Additional Hilti technical data Temperature of the base material 40 C 30 C 20 C 15 C 10 C 5 C 0 C -5 C Reduced curing time before anchor can be fully loaded tcure 4h 8h 12 h 18 h 24 h 36 h 50 h 72 h Working time in which anchor can be inserted and adjusted tcure 12 min 20 min 30 min 1h 2h 2h 3h 4h Load reduction factor 1 1 1 1 1 1 0,7 0,6
Setting details
Anchor size Nominal diameter of drill bit Effective anchorage and drill hole depth range a) Minimum base material thickness Diameter of clearance hole in the xture Minimum spacing Minimum edge distance Torque moment b) d0 hef,min hef,max hmin df smin cmin Tmax b) [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [Nm] M8 10 40 160
Data according ETA-04/0027, issue 2009-05-20 M10 12 40 200 M12 14 48 240 M16 18 64 320 M20 24 80 400 M24 28 96 480 hef + 2 d0 18 80 80 80 22 100 100 150 26 120 120 200 33 150 150 300 M30 35 120 600
Additional Hilti technical data
M36 40 144 720
hef + 30 mm 100 mm 9 40 40 10 12 50 50 20 14 60 60 40
39 180 180 360
a) hef,min hef hef,max (hef: embedment depth) b) This is the maximum recommended torque moment to avoid splitting during installation for anchors with minimum spacing and/or edge distance.
May 2011 page 79
Hilti HIT-RE 500-SD with HIT-V

suitable for cracked concrete C 20/25 to C 50/60 high loading capacity suitable for dry and water saturated concrete large diameter applications high corrosion resistant long working time at elevated temperatures odourless epoxy
Hilti HIT-RE 500-SD 330 ml foil pack

varied embedment depths

small edge distance and anchor spacing possible
A4 316
Concrete Tensile zone Small edge distance & spacing Variable embedment depth Fire resistance Corrosion resistance
highMo
HCR
Description European technical approval a) ES report Fire test report Assessment report (re) Authority / Laboratory DIBt, Berlin ICC evaluation service MFPA, Leipzig warringtonre No. / date of issue ETA-07/0260 / 2009-01-12 ESR 2322 / 2007-11-01 GS-III/B-07-070 / 2008-01-18 WF 166402 / 2007-10-26 & suppl. WF 172920 / 2008-05-27

Hilti HIT-RE 500-SD injection mortar may be applied in the temperature ranges given below. An elevated base material temperature may lead to a reduction of the design bond resistance. Temperature range Temperature range I Temperature range II Temperature range III Base material temperature -40 C to +40 C -40 C to +58 C -40 C to +70 C Maximum long term base material temperature +24 C +35 C +43 C Maximum short term base material temperature +40 C +58 C +70 C
page 80 May 2011


STEP 1:
TENSION LOADING
Combined pull-out and concrete cone resistance NRd,p = fB,p N*Rd,p 1
Concrete Strengths fc,cyl (MPa) fB,p 20 0.95 25 0.97 32 1.00 40 1.021 50 1.04
1 For non dry concrete multiply NRd,p by the factor 0.83
Concrete cone or concrete splitting resistance NRd,c = fB N*Rd,c 2
2 For non dry concrete multiply NRd,c by the factor 0.83. The denition of Dry Concrete, as per Hilti is: concrete not in contact with water before/during installation and curing.

Anchor size NRd,s HIT-V 5.8 HIT-V 8.8 HIT-V-R [kN] [kN] [kN] M8 12.0 19.3 13.9 M10 19.3 30.7 21.9 M12 28.0 44.7 31.6 M16 52.7 84.0 58.8 M20 82.0 130.7 92.0 M24 118.0 188.0 132.1 M30 187.3 299.3 98.3
May 2011
page 81
STEP 2:
SHEAR LOADING
Design Concrete Edge Resistance VRd,c = fB V*Rd,c re,V
V*Rd,c is obtained from the relevant design table

The factor re,V takes account of the effect of the type of reinforcement used in cracked concrete. re,V = 1.0 anchorage in cracked concrete without edge reinforcement re,V = 1.2 anchorage in cracked concrete with straight edge reinforcement ( 12 mm) re,V = 1.4 anchorage in cracked concrete with edge reinforcement and closely spaced stirrups (a 100 mm)
fB inuence of concrete strength

20 0.79
25 0.87
32 1.00
40 1.11
50 1.22

Anchor size VRd,s HIT-V 5.8 HIT-V 8.8 HIT-V-R [kN] [kN] [kN] M8 7.2 12.0 8.3 M10 12.0 18.4 12.8 M12 16.8 27.2 19.2 M16 31.2 50.4 35.3 M20 48.8 78.4 55.1 M24 70.4 112.8 79.5 M30 112.0 179.2 58.8
STEP 3:

page 82 May 2011


correct setting (See setting instruction) cracked concrete fc,cyl = 32 MPa temperature range I (see service temperature range) base material thickness, as specied in the table One typical embedment depth, as specied in the tables dry concrete
Anchor size Typical embedment depth hef [mm] Base material thickness h [mm] M8 80 110 M10 90 120 M12 110 150 M16 125 200 M20 170 250 M24 210 300 M30 270 350
Design resistance: dry concrete 32 MPa

Anchor size Cracked concrete Tensile Shear Pull-out Concrete N*Rd,p N*Rd,c VRd,s 11.3 21.7 15.7 21.6 21.7 35.0 26.4 36.4 44.8 57.7 55.3 79.2 91.4 115.4 M8 M10 M12 M16 M20 M24 M30
May 2011
page 83
Two Anchors
Table 1: One edge inuence cracked concrete
ANCHOR
Tensile zone
S1
Nsd
h C
M8 80 110
M10 90 120
M12 110 150
M16 125 200
M20 170 250
M24 210 300
Vsd
M8
40 80 100 120 150 200
Edge E (mm) 40
80
100
150
170
spacing s1 (mm)
8.2 9.0 9.5 9.8 10.4 11.4
11.5 12.7 13.4 14.0 14.9 16.4
4.5 5.6 6.1 6.7 6.7 6.7
11.5 12.7 13.3 13.9 14.8 16.2
15.0 16.6 17.4 18.1 19.3 21.4
9.3 10.6 11.3 12.0 13.0 14.6
13.4 14.9 15.5 16.2 17.2 18.8
16.9 18.7 19.6 20.4 21.8 24.0
10.9 12.2 12.8 13.5 14.4 16.1
15.1 16.7 17.5 18.2 19.4 21.2
22.1 24.4 25.6 26.6 28.4 31.3
14.9 16.1 16.7 17.3 18.2 19.8
15.1 16.7 17.5 18.2 19.4 21.2
24.2 26.9 28.1 29.4 31.3 34.4
16.5 17.7 18.3 18.9 19.8 21.2
ANCHOR
M10
spacing s1 (mm)
Edge C (mm) 50
80
100
150
200
50 100 150 200 250 300
11.8 13.1 14.4 15.7 17.0 17.5
14.2 15.7 17.4 19.0 20.5 22.1
6.4 8.0 9.6 9.6 9.6 9.6
14.8 16.4 18.1 19.8 21.5 22.1
16.8 18.7 20.6 22.4 24.4 26.3
10.6 12.5 14.3 16.2 17.6 17.6
16.9 18.8 20.9 22.8 24.6 25.3
18.7 20.8 22.9 25.0 27.1 29.2
12.4 14.1 15.9 17.7 19.4 21.2
21.0 23.5 25.9 28.3 30.7 31.6
23.8 26.4 29.2 31.8 34.4 37.1
16.6 18.5 19.9 21.6 23.2 24.9
21.0 23.5 25.9 28.3 30.7 31.6
29.2 32.5 35.8 39.0 42.2 45.6
20.8 22.3 24.0 25.5 27.1 28.7
ANCHOR
M12
spacing s1 (mm)
Edge C (mm) 60
80
100
150
200
60 100 150 200 250 300
15.8 17.2 18.6 20.2 21.6 23.2
20.2 21.6 23.5 25.4 27.4 29.2
8.7 10.2 12.0 13.1 13.1 13.1
18.1 19.4 21.2 22.9 24.6 26.3
22.2 23.9 25.9 28.1 30.1 32.2
11.8 13.4 15.4 17.4 18.9 18.9
20.4 22.0 23.9 25.9 27.8 29.6
24.4 26.2 28.4 30.7 33.0 35.3
15.2 16.9 19.0 21.1 23.2 25.3
26.8 28.8 31.4 34.0 36.5 38.9
30.1 32.4 35.2 38.0 40.9 43.7
20.0 21.6 23.6 25.5 27.5 29.4
28.8 31.1 33.8 36.6 39.2 41.9
36.5 39.1 42.6 46.1 49.4 52.8
24.8 26.3 28.2 30.0 31.9 33.8
page 84
May 2011
ANCHOR
M16
spacing s1 (mm)
Edge C (mm) 80
100
150
200
250
80 100 150 200 250 300
20.5 21.2 23.0 24.8 26.6 28.4
26.0 27.2 30.1 32.9 35.8 38.6
13.7 14.6 16.7 18.9 20.6 20.6
22.9 23.8 25.8 27.8 29.8 31.8
29.0 30.4 33.6 36.7 40.0 43.2
17.3 18.2 20.5 22.8 25.0 27.3
29.4 30.4 33.0 35.6 38.3 40.8
37.3 39.0 43.1 47.2 51.2 55.1
25.6 26.6 29.0 31.4 33.9 36.3
34.7 35.9 39.0 42.1 45.2 48.2
44.2 46.1 50.9 55.8 60.6 65.4
31.3 32.2 34.5 36.8 39.1 41.4
34.7 35.9 39.0 42.1 45.2 48.2
44.2 46.1 50.9 55.8 60.6 65.4
36.8 37.7 39.9 42.1 44.3 46.6
ANCHOR
M20
spacing s1 (mm)
Edge C (mm) 120

150
200
250
300
100 150 200 250 300 350
32.8 34.9 37.2 39.5 41.8 43.9
37.4 39.8 42.2 44.8 47.2 49.7
20.5 23.1 25.6 28.2 30.7 30.7
40.0 42.7 45.5 48.2 51.0 53.8
44.0 47.0 49.9 52.8 55.7 58.6
31.2 34.0 36.9 39.7 42.6 45.4
48.0 51.2 54.6 57.8 61.2 64.4
51.4 54.7 58.1 61.3 64.8 68.0
39.4 42.2 45.0 47.8 50.6 53.4
56.5 60.5 64.4 68.3 72.1 76.1
59.0 62.9 66.7 70.6 74.4 78.2
45.8 48.5 51.1 53.8 56.5 59.2
57.5 61.4 65.4 69.4 73.3 77.3
67.2 71.6 76.0 80.4 84.8 89.2
52.1 54.7 57.3 59.9 62.5 65.1
ANCHOR
M24
spacing s1 (mm)
Edge C (mm) 120

150
200
250
350
120 150 200 250 300 350
46.9 48.5 51.2 54.0 56.8 59.5
49.2 50.8 53.3 55.8 58.3 60.8
28.2 29.9 32.9 35.8 38.8 41.7
46.9 48.5 51.2 54.0 56.8 59.5
49.2 50.8 53.3 55.8 58.3 60.8
35.2 37.0 40.1 43.2 46.3 49.4
60.7 62.8 66.4 70.0 73.4 77.0
60.5 62.3 65.3 68.5 71.6 74.8
47.8 49.8 53.1 56.4 59.8 63.1
70.2 72.6 76.7 80.9 85.0 89.0
68.0 70.1 73.7 77.2 80.6 84.1
55.0 56.9 60.0 63.2 66.3 69.5
83.4 86.3 91.2 96.1
84.4 87.0 91.3 95.6
69.1 71.0 73.9 76.8 79.8 82.7
100.9 100.0 105.8 104.4
May 2011
page 85
Four anchors
ANCHOR
Tensile zone S2 C
S1
Nsd
M8 80 110
M10 90 120
M12 110 150
M16 125 200
M20 170 250
M24 210 300
Vsd
M8
40 80 100 120 150 200
Edge E (mm) 40
80
100
150
200
spacing s1=s2 (mm)
12.2 15.5 17.3 19.1 21.8 26.8
13.8 17.6 19.8 22.0 25.6 32.0
9.0 11.2 12.2 13.4 13.4 13.4
16.4 20.4 22.4 24.6 28.0 33.6
17.4 21.8 24.4 26.9 31.0 38.4
12.5 16.9 19.0 21.2 24.3 29.2
19.0 23.2 25.3 27.6 31.2 37.3
19.4 24.2 26.8 29.5 33.8 41.8
14.1 18.4 20.6 22.7 25.8 31.0
21.1 25.6 27.8 30.4 34.1 40.6
24.8 30.5 33.5 36.7 41.8 50.9
18.0 22.3 24.4 26.5 29.6 34.7
21.1 25.6 27.8 30.4 34.1 40.6
27.1 33.1 36.4 39.7 45.1 54.7
19.6 23.8 25.9 28.0 31.1 36.2
ANCHOR
M10
50 100 150 200 250 300
Edge C (mm) 50
80
100
150
200
spacing s1=s2 (mm)
17.2 22.3 28.1 34.2 40.6 43.2
17.0 22.1 27.8 34.2 41.3 49.0
12.4 16.0 19.2 19.2 19.2 19.2
21.0 26.8 33.1 39.8 46.9 49.8
19.8 25.4 31.7 38.6 46.3 54.6
14.9 20.7 26.4 31.9 35.2 35.2
23.6 29.9 36.6 43.9 51.5 54.5
21.8 27.7 34.4 41.8 49.8 58.6
16.6 22.4 28.0 33.5 38.8 42.4
28.8 35.8 43.3 51.4 59.8 63.2
27.2 34.1 41.6 50.0 59.2 69.1
20.8 26.4 32.0 37.4 42.9 48.2
28.8 35.8 43.3 51.4 59.8 63.2
32.9 40.7 49.3 58.7 69.0 80.0
24.9 30.4 36.0 41.4 46.8 52.1
ANCHOR
M12
60 100 150 200 250 300
Edge C (mm) 60
80
100
150
200
spacing s1=s2 (mm)
23.3 27.7 34.0 40.4 47.4 54.7
24.2 28.9 35.4 42.6 50.4 58.8
17.1 20.4 24.0 26.2 26.2 26.2
23.3 27.7 34.0 40.4 47.4 54.7
24.2 28.9 35.4 42.6 50.4 58.8
19.1 24.4 30.8 34.8 37.8 37.8
28.9 34.0 40.9 48.2 56.0 64.1
28.7 34.0 41.2 49.1 57.6 66.8
21.0 26.3 32.7 39.1 45.4 50.6
36.7 42.6 50.6 59.0 67.8 77.0
34.8 40.8 48.8 57.7 67.3 77.6
25.7 30.9 37.3 43.6 49.8 56.0
39.4 45.5 53.6 62.4 71.6 81.1
41.4 48.1 57.2 67.1 77.8 89.3
30.4 35.6 41.9 48.1 54.3 60.4
page 86
May 2011
ANCHOR
M16
80 100 150 200 250 300
Edge C (mm) 80
100
150
200
250
spacing s1=s2 (mm)
29.6 32.2 38.9 46.1 53.6 61.8
33.8 37.3 46.9 57.5 69.2 80.2
26.8 29.2 33.4 37.8 41.2 41.2
32.5 35.2 42.2 49.9 58.0 66.5
37.2 40.9 51.1 61.9 73.3 85.7
29.0 32.2 39.9 45.4 50.0 54.6
40.4 43.4 51.5 60.1 69.2 78.8
46.2 50.5 61.7 73.6 86.4 100.3
34.6 37.7 45.3 52.8 60.2 67.5
46.8 50.2 58.9 68.4 78.4 88.8
53.5 58.3 71.3 85.4 100.7 116.2
40.1 43.2 50.7 58.1 65.4 72.7
46.8 50.2 58.9 68.4 78.4 88.8
53.5 58.3 71.3 85.4 101.9 117.8
45.6 48.6 56.0 63.4 70.7 77.9
ANCHOR
M20
100 150 200 250 300 350
Edge C (mm) 100

150
200
250
300
spacing s1=s2 (mm)
46.1 53.8 62.0 70.9 80.3 90.0
46.1 53.6 61.8 70.6 79.9 89.9
39.3 46.2 51.2 56.4 61.4 61.4
54.7 63.4 72.6 82.3 92.6
53.3 61.6 70.6 80.2 90.2
45.7 54.7 63.5 72.1 80.6 88.8
64.2 73.7 83.9 94.6
61.0 70.1 79.8 90.2
52.1 60.9 69.6 78.2 86.6 95.0
74.4 84.8 95.9
69.1 79.0 89.6
58.4 67.1 75.7 84.2 92.6
75.5 85.9 97.2
77.8 88.6 100.1
64.6 73.3 81.8 90.2 98.5
107.6 100.9 119.9 112.8
109.0 112.2 121.3 125.0
105.8 101.3 117.6 112.9
103.3 101.0
132.7 125.4 100.9 134.3 138.6 106.8
ANCHOR
M24
120 150 200 250 300 350
Edge C (mm) 120

150
200
250
350
spacing s1=s2 (mm)
64.2 69.7 79.2 89.3 100.0 111.0
60.0 64.7 72.7 81.4 90.4 99.8
53.4 59.7 65.8 71.6 77.6 83.4
70.1 75.8 85.8 96.5 107.6
64.4 69.2 77.8 86.6 96.1
57.8 63.9 73.9 83.6 92.6 98.4
80.4 86.6 97.6 109.1
72.1 77.3 86.4 96.0
64.9 70.9 80.8 90.4
91.3 98.2 109.9
80.2 85.7 95.4
72.0 77.9 87.6 97.2
106.7
97.4
85.9 91.7
114.1 103.8
127.1 114.8 101.2 140.9 126.5 110.7
122.4 105.7
121.2 106.0 100.0 135.5 116.4 106.7 155.3 138.6 120.1 133.8 116.6 109.5 149.2 127.7 116.8 170.3 151.4 129.4
119.4 106.0
May 2011
page 87
Materials
Mechanical properties of HIT-V / HAS Data according ETA-04/0027, issue 2008-11-03 Anchor size Nominal tensile strength fuk HIT-V 5.8 HIT-V 8.8 HIT-V-R HIT-V-HCR HIT-V 5.8 Yield strength fyk Stressed crosssection As Section Modulus Z HIT-V 8.8 HIT-V-R HIT-V/HAS -HCR HIT-V [N/mm] [N/mm] [N/mm] [N/mm] [N/mm] [N/mm] [N/mm] [N/mm] [mm] M8 500 800 700 800 400 640 450 600 36.6 M10 500 800 700 800 400 640 450 600 58.0 M12 500 800 700 800 400 640 450 600 84.3 M16 500 800 700 800 400 640 450 600 157 M20 500 800 700 800 400 640 450 600 245 M24 500 800 700 700 400 640 450 400 353 M30 500 800 500 700 400 640 210 400 561 Additional Hilti technical data M36 500 800 500 500 400 640 210 250 817
HIT-V
[mm]
31.2 M8
62.3 M10 30 48 33 48
109 M12 53 84 59 84
277 M16 134 213 149 213
541 M20 260 415 291 416
935 M24 449 718 504 449
1874 M30 900 1439 472 899
3294 M36 1581 2530 830 1129
Steel failure with lever arm Design bending moment MRd,s HIT-V-5.8 HIT-V-8.8 HIT-V-R HIT-V-HCR [kN] [kN] [kN] [kN]
15 24 17 24
page 88
May 2011
Material quality
Part Threaded rod HIT-V(F) Threaded rod HIT-V(F) Threaded rod HIT-V-R Threaded rod HIT-V-HCR Material Strength class 5.8, EN ISO 898-1, A5 > 8% ductile steel galvanized 5 m, EN ISO 4042 (F) hot dipped galvanized 45 m, EN ISO 10684 Strength class 8.8, EN ISO 898-1, A5 > 8% ductile steel galvanized 5 m, EN ISO 4042 (F) hot dipped galvanized 45 m, EN ISO 10684 Stainless steel grade A4, A5 > 8% ductile strength class 70 for M24 and class 50 for M27 to M30, EN ISO 3506-1, EN 10088: 1.4401 High corrosion resistant steel, EN ISO 3506-1, EN 10088: 1.4529; 1.4565 strength M20: Rm = 800 N/mm, Rp 0.2 = 640 N/mm, A5 > 8% ductile M24 to M30: Rm = 700 N/mm, Rp 0.2 = 400 N/mm, A5 > 8% ductile Steel galvanized, EN ISO 4042; hot dipped galvanized, EN ISO 10684 Washer ISO 7089 Stainless steel, EN 10088: 1.4401 High corrosion resistant steel, EN 10088: 1.4529; 1.4565 Strength class 8, ISO 898-2 steel galvanized 5 m, EN ISO 4042 hot dipped galvanized 45 m, EN ISO 10684 Nut EN ISO 4032 Strength class 70, EN ISO 3506-2, stainless steel grade A4, EN 10088: 1.4401 Strength class 70, EN ISO 3506-2, high corrosion resistant steel, EN 10088: 1.4529; 1.4565
Anchor dimensions
Anchor size Anchor embedment depth Anchor rod HIT-V, HIT-V-R, HIT-V-HCR [mm] M8 80 M10 90 M12 110 M16 125 M20 170 M24 210 M30 a) 270
a) M30 please use anchor design software PROFIS anchor.

Anchor size Rotary hammer Other tools M8 M10 M12 M16 M20 M24 TE 40 TE 70 M30 TE 2 TE 16
May 2011
page 89
Brush bore hole with required steel brush HIT-RB a) Note: Manual cleaning only for hef 250 mm and anchor size M16 For detailed information on installation see instruction for use given with the package of the product.
page 90
May 2011

Data according ETA-07/0260, issue 2009-01-12 Temperature of the base material 40 C 30 C to 39 C 20 C to 29 C 15 C to 19 C 10 C to 14 C 5 C to 9 C Working time in which anchor can be inserted and adjusted tcure 12 min 20 min 30 min 1h 2h 2h Curing time before anchor can be fully loaded tcure 4h 8h 12 h 24 h 48 h 72 h
Setting details
Anchor size Nominal diameter of drill bit Effective anchorage and drill hole depth range a) Minimum base material thickness Diameter of clearance hole in the xture Minimum spacing Minimum edge distance Torque moment b) d0 hef,min hef,max hmin df smin cmin Tmax b) [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [Nm] M8 10 40 160
Data according ETA-07/0260, issue 2009-01-12 M10 12 40 200 M12 14 48 240 M16 18 64 320 M20 24 80 400 M24 28 96 480 M30 35 120 600
hef + 30 mm 100 mm 9 40 40 10 12 50 50 20 14 60 60 40 18 80 80 80
hef + 2 d0 22 100 100 150 26 120 120 200 33 150 150 300
a) hef,min hef hef,max (hef: embedment depth) b) This is the maximum recommended torque moment to avoid splitting during installation for anchors with minimum spacing and/or edge distance.
May 2011
page 91
Hilti HIT-HY 150 MAX with HIT-V / HAS

Hilti HIT-HY 150 MAX 330 ml foil pack (also available as 500 ml and 1400 ml foil pack)
suitable for non cracked and cracked concrete C 20/25 to C50/60 suitable for dry and water saturated concrete high loading capacity rapid curing small edge distance and anchor spacing possible high corrosion resistant varied embedment depths
A4 316
Concrete Tensile zone Small edge distance & spacing Variable embedment depth Corrosion resistance
highMo
HCR
Description European technical approval a) Authority / Laboratory DIBt, Berlin No. / date of issue ETA-08/0352 / 2010-04-01
a) All data given in this section according ETA-08/0352 issue 2010-04-01.

Hilti HIT-HY 150 MAX injection mortar may be applied in the temperature ranges given below. An elevated base material temperature may lead to a reduction of the design bond resistance. Temperature range Temperature range I Temperature range II Temperature range III Base material temperature -40 C to +40 C -40 C to +80 C -40 C to +120 C Maximum long term base material temperature +24 C +50 C +72 C Maximum short term base material temperature +40 C +80 C +120 C
page 92
May 2011


STEP 1:
TENSION LOADING
Combined pull-out and concrete cone resistance NRd,p = fB,p N*Rd,p
20 0.95
25 0.97
32 1.00
40 1.021
50 1.04
20 0.79
25 0.87
32 1.00
40 1.11
50 1.22

Anchor size NRd,s HAS E 5.8 HIT-V 5.8 HIT-V 8.8 HAS-E-R HIT-V-R [kN] [kN] [kN] [kN] [kN] M8 11.3 12.0 19.3 12.3 13.9 M10 17.3 19.3 30.7 19.8 21.9 M12 25.3 28.0 44.7 28.3 31.6 M16 48.0 52.7 84.0 54.0 58.8 M20 74.7 82.0 130.7 84.0 92.0 M24 106.7 118.0 188.0 119.8 132.1
May 2011
page 93
STEP 2:
SHEAR LOADING
Design Concrete Edge Resistance VRd,c = fB V*Rd,c re,V
V*Rd,c is obtained from the relevant design table

The factor re,V takes account of the effect of the type of reinforcement used in cracked concrete. re,V = 1.0 anchorage in non-cracked concrete re,V = 1.0 anchorage in cracked concrete without edge reinforcement re,V = 1.2 anchorage in cracked concrete with straight edge reinforcement ( 12 mm) re,V = 1.4 anchorage in cracked concrete with edge reinforcement and closely spaced stirrups (a 100 mm)
20 0.79
25 0.87
32 1.00
40 1.11
50 1.22

Anchor size VRd,s HAS E 5.8 HIT-V 5.8 HIT-V 8.8 HAS-E-R HIT-V-R [kN] [kN] [kN] [kN] [kN] M8 6.8 7.2 12.0 7.7 8.3 M10 10.4 12.0 18.4 12,2 12.8 M12 15.2 16.8 27.2 17.3 19.2 M16 28.8 31.2 50.4 32.7 35.3 M20 44.8 48.8 78.4 50.6 55.1 M24 64.0 70.4 112.8 71.8 79.5
VRd = min { VRd,c, VRd,s } CHECK VRd VSd STEP 3: COMBINED TENSION AND SHEAR LOADING

page 94 May 2011


correct setting (See setting instruction)
non cracked and cracked concrete fc,cyl = 32 MPa

temperature range I (see service temperature range) base material thickness, as specied in the table One typical embedment depth, as specied in the tables
Anchor size Typical embedment depth hef [mm] Base material thickness h [mm] M8 80 110 M10 90 120 M12 110 150 M16 125 200 M20 170 250 M24 210 300

Anchor size Non-cracked concrete Tensile Shear Cracked concrete Tensile Shear Concrete Concrete N*Rd,p N*Rd,c VRd,s NA NA NA 10.8 25.9 15.9 35.0 26.3 42.4 44.9 67.3 66.4 92.4 Concrete Concrete N*Rd,p N*Rd,c VRd,s 16.4 25.4 23.1 30.3 33.8 40.9 57.1 59.5 94.4 103.4 121.7 129.6 M8 M10 M12 M16 M20 M24
May 2011
page 95
Two anchors
ANCHOR
S1
Nsd
M8 80 110
M10 90 120
M12 110 150
M16 125 200
M20 170 250
M24 210 300
Vsd
M8
40 80 100 120 150 200
Edge C (mm) 40
80
100
150
170
spacing s1 (mm)
11.9 13.3 14.0 14.7 15.8 17.5
13.5 14.9 15.6 16.4 17.4 19.2
6.3 7.9 8.6 9.4 9.4 9.4
17.2 19.2 20.2 21.2 22.7 25.3
17.5 19.4 20.3 21.2 22.6 24.9
13.2 15.0 15.9 16.9 18.3 20.6
20.1 22.5 23.7 24.9 26.6 29.5
19.7 21.8 22.9 23.9 25.4 28.0
15.4 17.2 18.1 19.0 20.4 22.6
21.6 24.1 25.4 26.7 28.5 31.6
25.7 28.5 29.8 31.2 33.2 36.6
21.0 22.7 23.6 24.4 25.7 27.9
21.6 24.1 25.4 26.7 28.5 31.6
28.3 31.3 32.8 34.3 36.6 40.3
23.2 24.9 25.7 26.6 27.9 30.0
ANCHOR
M10
spacing s1 (mm)
Edge C (mm) 50
80
100
150
200
50 100 150 200 250 300
16.3 18.5 20.6 22.7 24.8 25.6
16.5 18.4 20.3 22.1 24.0 25.8
9.0 11.3 13.5 13.5 13.5 13.5
20.5 23.2 25.9 28.5 31.1 32.2
19.6 21.8 24.0 26.2 28.5 30.7
15.0 17.6 20.2 22.8 24.8 24.8
23.6 26.7 29.7 32.8 35.8 37.0
21.8 24.3 26.7 29.2 31.6 34.1
17.4 19.9 22.4 24.9 27.4 29.9
29.4 33.2 37.1 40.9 44.6 46.1
27.8 30.9 34.0 37.2 40.2 43.3
23.4 25.7 28.1 30.4 32.7 35.1
29.4 33.2 37.1 40.9 44.6 46.1
34.1 38.0 41.7 45.6 49.4 53.2
29.3 31.5 33.8 36.0 38.3 40.6
ANCHOR
M12
spacing s1 (mm)
Edge C (mm) 60
80
100
150
200
60 100 150 200 250 300
23.4 25.5 28.1 30.7 33.3 36.0
23.5 25.2 27.5 29.7 31.9 34.1
12.3 14.4 16.9 18.5 18.5 18.5
26.6 29.0 32.0 35.0 38.0 40.9
25.9 27.8 30.3 32.7 35.2 37.6
16.7 18.9 21.7 24.5 26.7 26.7
30.0 32.7 36.1 39.5 42.9 46.2
28.4 30.5 33.2 35.9 38.6 41.4
21.4 23.8 26.7 29.7 32.7 35.7
39.4 43.0 47.4 51.9 56.3 60.7
35.2 37.8 41.1 44.4 47.7 51.0
28.2 30.5 33.2 36.0 38.7 41.5
42.3 46.1 50.8 55.6 60.3 65.0
42.5 45.7 49.8 53.8 57.8 61.8
35.0 37.1 39.7 42.4 45.0 47.7
page 96
May 2011
ANCHOR
M16
spacing s1 (mm)
Edge C (mm) 80
100
150
200
250
80 100 150 200 250 300
41.3 43.1 47.5 52.0 56.4 60.8
42.6 44.5 49.2 53.9 58.5 63.2
19.3 20.5 23.6 26.6 29.0 29.0
46.2 48.1 53.1 58.0 63.0 67.9
47.6 49.7 54.9 60.1 65.4 70.6
24.4 25.7 28.9 32.1 35.3 38.6
59.3 61.8 68.1 74.5 80.8 87.1
61.0 63.7 70.4 77.2 83.9 90.1
36.2 37.5 41.0 44.4 47.8 51.2
70.0 73.0 80.5 88.0 95.5
72.2 75.3 83.3 91.2 99.2
44.1 45.4 48.6 51.9 55.1 58.4
70.0 73.0 80.5 88.0 95.5
72.2 75.3 83.3 91.2 99.2
52.0 53.2 56.3 59.4 62.6 65.7
103.0 107.0
103.0 107.1
ANCHOR
M20
spacing s1 (mm)
Edge C (mm) 120

150
200
250
300
100 150 200 250 300 350
62.2 67.1 72.1 77.0 82.0 86.7
61.1 65.1 69.1 73.2 77.2 81.2
28.9 32.5 36.1 39.7 43.4 43.4
76.2 82.2 88.3 94.3 100.4 106.4
72.1 76.9 81.6 86.3 91.0 95.7
44.0 48.0 52.0 56.0 60.0 64.0
91.4 98.7 106.0
84.0 89.4 95.0
55.5 59.5 63.5 67.4 71.4 75.4
108.0
96.5
64.6 68.4 72.2 76.0 79.8 83.6
109.0 110.0 117.6 117.1 126.3 124.3 135.0 131.5 143.6 138.7 152.2 146.0
73.5 77.2 80.9 84.6 88.2 92.0
116.5 102.8 125.1 109.2 133.6 115.5 142.2 121.8 150.8 128.1
113.2 100.4 120.4 105.9 127.7 111.4
ANCHOR
M24
spacing s1 (mm)
Edge C (mm) 120

150
200
250
350
120 150 200 250 300 350
87.0 90.6 96.5 102.5 108.4 114.3
80.5 83.0 87.1 91.3 95.4 99.6
39.7 42.3 46.4 50.5 54.7 58.8
96.9 100.9 107.5 114.1
87.2 89.9 94.4 98.9
49.7 52.3 56.6 61.0 65.3 69.7
114.4
99.0
67.5 70.3 75.0 79.6 84.3 89.0
133.3 111.3 138.7 114.7 147.8 120.5 156.9 126.2 166.0 132.0 175.0 137.7
77.6 80.2 84.7 89.2 93.6 98.1
149.6 138.0
97.6
119.1 102.0 126.9 107.0 134.7 112.2 142.5 117.3 150.3 122.3
155.7 142.3 100.1 165.9 149.4 104.2 176.1 156.5 108.4 186.3 163.6 112.6 196.5 170.7 116.8
120.7 103.4 127.3 107.9
May 2011
page 97
Four anchors
ANCHOR
S2 C
S1
Nsd
M8 80 110
M10 90 120
M12 110 150
M16 125 200
M20 170 250
M24 210 300
Vsd
M8
40 80 100 120 150 200
Edge C (mm) 40
80
100
150
200
spacing s1=s2 (mm)
17.3 22.6 25.4 28.4 33.1 41.4
16.0 20.6 23.0 25.7 29.8 37.4
12.6 15.8 17.2 18.8 18.8 18.8
23.8 30.1 33.5 37.1 42.6 52.4
20.3 25.6 28.4 31.4 36.2 44.9
17.7 23.8 26.8 29.8 34.3 41.2
27.4 34.3 38.0 41.8 47.8 58.4
22.6 28.2 31.3 34.5 39.6 48.8
19.9 26.0 29.0 32.0 36.4 43.7
29.2 36.3 40.2 44.1 50.4 61.3
29.0 35.6 39.1 42.8 48.8 59.5
25.4 31.4 34.4 37.3 41.7 49.0
29.2 36.6 40.2 44.1 50.4 61.3
31.7 38.7 42.5 46.4 52.7 64.0
30.9 36.8 39.7 42.6 47.0 54.2
ANCHOR
M10
50 100 150 200 250 300
Edge C (mm) 50
80
100
150
200
spacing s1=s2 (mm)
22.9 30.5 39.1 48.5 58.7 63.0
19.9 25.8 32.5 40.0 48.2 52.1
17.4 22.6 27.0 27.0 27.0 27.0
28.0 36.5 46.1 56.6 67.9 72.6
23.2 29.7 37.0 45.2 54.1 63.8
21.0 29.2 37.2 45.0 49.6 49.6
31.6 40.8 51.1 62.3 74.4 79.5
25.5 32.4 40.2 48.8 58.2 68.4
23.4 31.5 39.4 47.2 54.8 59.8
38.5 48.9 60.5 73.0 86.6 92.1
31.8 39.8 48.7 58.5 69.2 80.8
29.3 37.2 45.1 52.8 60.5 68.0
38.5 48.9 60.2 73.0 86.5 92.2
38.4 47.5 57.4 68.6 80.6 93.5
35.1 43.0 50.7 58.4 66.0 73.5
ANCHOR
M12
60 100 150 200 250 300
Edge C (mm) 60
80
100
150
200
spacing s1=s2 (mm)
32.0 39.1 49.1 60.0 71.9 84.6
28.2 33.8 41.4 49.8 58.8 68.7
24.1 28.8 33.8 37.0 37.0 37.0
35.7 43.4 54.0 65.7 78.3 91.8
30.8 36.7 44.7 53.5 63.0 73.3
26.9 34.4 43.4 49.0 53.4 53.4
39.7 48.0 59.2 71.6 85.0 99.3
33.5 39.7 48.1 57.3 67.3 78.1
29.6 37.1 46.2 55.2 64.0 71.4
50.6 60.2 73.3 87.5 102.9 119.3
40.6 47.6 57.1 67.5 78.7 90.7
36.3 43.6 52.7 61.5 70.3 79.0
53.9 63.8 77.5 92.3 108.2
48.4 56.3 66.9 78.4 91.0
42.9 50.1 59.1 67.9 76.6 85.2
125.2 104.3
page 98
May 2011
ANCHOR
M16
80 100 150 200 250 300
Edge C (mm) 80
100
150
200
250
spacing s1=s2 (mm)
54.6 60.2 75.1 91.6
55.4 61.1 76.8 94.1
37.8 41.0 47.2 53.2 58.0 58.0
60.0 65.9 81.7 99.2
60.8 67.0 83.6 101.3
40.9 45.4 56.3 64.1 70.6 77.2
74.5 81.3 99.6
75.5 82.6 101.0
48.8 53.2 64.0 74.5 85.0 95.2
86.4 94.0
87.6 95.4
56.6 60.9 71.5 82.0 92.4
86.4 94.0
87.6 95.4
64.3 68.6 79.1 89.5 99.7
114.1 116.6 136.1 139.9 160.1 164.6
114.1 116.6 136.1 139.9 160.1 165.3
119.6 120.3 141.4 141.4 165.1 164.1
109.7 111.8 129.4 131.1
118.4 120.0 139.2 140.2
186.0 190.0 102.6 186.0 192.8 110.0
ANCHOR
M20
100 150 200 250 300 350
Edge C (mm) 100

150
200
250
300
spacing s1=s2 (mm)
81.6 97.4
75.3 87.8
55.5 65.0 72.2 79.4 86.8 86.8
97.2
87.1
64.6 77.2 89.6
114.0
99.7
73.5 86.0 98.2
132.2 113.1 154.0 129.4
82.4 94.7
133.4 127.3
91.2
114.9 100.9 134.1 115.4
133.7 114.6 155.0 130.6
155.2 145.0 103.4
114.6 101.2 133.2 115.5 153.1 130.8 174.3 147.0
177.4 146.7 106.8 178.8 163.7 115.4
154.7 131.1 101.7 177.8 147.6 110.3 202.5 165.1 118.8 204.0 183.6 127.3 176.7 147.7 113.7 202.1 165.6 122.2 229.2 184.6 130.7 230.8 204.6 139.1 200.2 165.3 125.6 228.0 184.7 134.0 257.5 205.2 142.4 259.3 226.8 150.8
ANCHOR
M24
120 150 200 250 300 350
Edge C (mm) 120

150
200
250
350
spacing s1=s2 (mm)
115.4
98.2
75.5 84.2 92.8
126.5 105.4 138.4 113.3
81.6 90.2
146.1 117.9
91.6
167.1 131.1 101.5 185.2 159.4 121.2
126.6 105.8 146.6 119.0
159.2 126.4 100.1 181.4 140.2 109.9 200.5 169.8 129.4
159.4 127.2 104.2 182.2 141.3 114.0 206.5 156.1 123.7 227.4 188.0 142.9
167.6 133.1 101.0 181.8 141.8 118.0 206.7 157.0 127.7 233.3 172.9 137.2 256.0 207.0 156.3 190.2 147.9 109.4 205.6 157.2 130.6 232.8 173.5 141.1 261.6 190.5 150.6 286.3 226.9 169.5 214.1 163.4 117.6 230.9 173.4 139.4 260.3 190.8 154.5 291.5 209.0 163.9 318.2 247.8 182.6
May 2011
page 99
Two anchors
Design Data: fc,cyl=32 MPa Cracked Concrete Anchor size
ANCHOR
Tensile zone
S1
Nsd
h C
M8 80 110
M10 90 120
M12 110 150
M16 125 200
M20 170 250
M24 210 300
Vsd
M10
spacing s1 (mm)
Edge C (mm) 50
80
100
150
200
50 100 150 200 250 300
8.4 9.3 10.1 11.0 11.8 12.1
14.1 15.8 17.4 18.9 20.5 22.1
6.4 8.0 9.6 9.6 9.6 9.6
10.5 11.6 12.7 13.8 14.8 15.2
16.8 18.7 20.6 22.5 24.4 26.3
10.6 12.5 14.3 16.2 17.6 17.6
12.1 13.4 14.6 15.8 17.0 17.4
18.7 20.8 22.9 25.0 27.1 29.2
12.4 14.1 15.9 17.7 19.4 21.2
15.1 16.7 18.2 19.7 21.2 21.7
23.8 26.4 29.1 31.8 34.4 37.1
16.6 18.5 19.9 21.6 23.2 24.9
15.1 16.7 18.2 19.7 21.2 21.7
29.2 32.5 35.7 39.0 42.3 45.5
20.8 22.3 24.0 25.5 27.1 28.7
ANCHOR
M12
spacing s1 (mm)
Edge C (mm) 60
80
100
150
200
60 100 150 200 250 300
12.1 13.0 14.0 15.1 16.1 17.1
20.1 21.6 23.5 25.4 27.3 29.2
8.7 10.2 12.0 13.1 13.1 13.1
13.8 14.8 16.0 17.1 18.3 19.5
22.2 23.8 25.9 28.0 30.1 32.2
11.8 13.4 15.4 17.4 18.9 18.9
15.6 16.7 18.0 19.4 20.7 22.0
24.3 26.2 28.4 30.7 33.0 35.3
15.2 16.9 19.0 21.1 23.2 25.3
20.5 21.9 23.7 25.4 27.2 28.8
30.1 32.4 35.2 38.0 40.9 43.7
20.0 21.6 23.6 25.5 27.5 29.4
22.0 23.5 25.4 27.3 29.1 30.9
36.4 39.2 42.6 46.0 49.4 52.9
24.8 26.3 28.2 30.0 31.9 33.8
ANCHOR
M16
spacing s1 (mm)
Edge C (mm) 80
100
150
200
250
80 100 150 200 250 300
21.0 21.7 23.5 25.2 26.9 28.6
30.4 31.7 35.1 38.4 41.7 45.1
13.7 14.6 16.7 18.9 20.6 20.6
23.5 24.3 26.2 28.2 30.0 32.0
34.0 35.4 39.2 42.9 46.6 50.4
17.3 18.2 20.5 22.8 25.0 27.3
30.1 31.1 33.6 36.1 38.6 41.0
43.6 45.5 50.2 55.0 59.8 64.2
25.6 26.6 29.0 31.4 33.9 36.3
35.6 36.8 39.8 42.7 45.6 48.5
51.5 53.7 59.4 65.1 70.7 76.3
31.3 32.2 34.5 36.8 39.1 41.4
35.6 36.8 39.8 42.7 45.6 48.5
51.5 53.7 59.4 65.1 70.7 76.4
36.8 37.7 39.9 42.1 44.3 46.6
page 100
May 2011
ANCHOR
M20
spacing s1 (mm)
Edge C (mm) 100

150
200
250
300
100 150 200 250 300 350
33.9 36.0 38.2 40.3 42.5 44.7
43.6 46.5 49.3 52.1 55.0 57.9
20.5 23.1 25.6 28.2 30.7 30.7
41.4 44.1 46.8 49.4 52.1 54.7
51.4 54.8 58.2 61.5 64.9 68.3
31.2 34.0 36.9 39.7 42.6 45.4
49.7 52.9 56.1 59.3 62.5 65.6
59.9 63.8 67.7 71.6 75.5 79.4
39.4 42.2 45.0 47.8 50.6 53.4
58.7 62.5 66.2 70.0 73.8 77.5
68.8 73.3 77.8 82.4 86.8 91.4
45.8 48.5 51.1 53.8 56.5 59.2
59.3 63.1 66.9 70.7 74.5 78.2
78.4 83.5 88.7 93.8 98.9 104.0
52.1 54.7 57.3 59.9 62.5 65.1
ANCHOR
M24
spacing s1 (mm)
Edge C (mm) 120

150
200
250
350
120 150 200 250 300 350
50.7 52.5 55.4 58.3 61.2 64.2
57.4 59.2 62.1 65.1 68.0 71.0
28.2 29.9 32.9 35.8 38.8 41.7
56.5 58.5 61.7 65.0 68.2 71.4
62.2 64.1 67.3 70.5 73.7 76.9
35.2 37.0 40.1 43.2 46.3 49.4
66.7 69.0 72.9 76.7 80.5 84.3
70.5 72.7 76.4 80.0 83.6 87.2
47.8 49.8 53.1 56.4 59.8 63.1
77.7 80.4 84.8 89.3 93.8 98.2
79.3 81.8 85.9 90.0 94.1 98.2
55.0 56.9 60.0 63.2 66.3 69.5
87.2 90.2 95.2
98.4 101.5 106.5
69.1 71.0 73.9 76.8 79.8 82.7
100.3 111.6 105.3 116.7 110.2 121.7
May 2011
page 101
Four anchors
Design Data: fc,cyl=32 MPa Cracked Concrete Anchor size
ANCHOR
Tensile zone S2 C
S1
Nsd
M8 80 110
M10 90 120
M12 110 150
M16 125 200
M20 170 250
M24 210 300
Vsd
M10
50 100 150 200 250 300
Edge C (mm) 50
80
100
150
200
spacing s1=s2 (mm)
12.9 16.4 20.2 24.1 28.1 29.7
17.0 22.1 27.9 34.2 41.2 48.9
12.4 16.0 19.2 19.2 19.2 19.2
15.7 19.6 23.8 28.1 32.5 34.2
19.9 25.4 31.7 38.7 46.3 54.6
14.9 20.7 26.4 31.9 35.2 35.2
17.8 21.9 26.3 31.0 35.6 37.5
21.8 27.8 34.4 41.8 49.8 58.6
16.6 22.4 28.0 33.5 38.8 42.4
21.6 26.2 31.2 36.1 41.4 43.5
27.2 34.1 41.7 50.1 59.2 69.1
20.8 26.4 32.0 37.4 42.9 48.2
21.6 26.2 31.2 36.3 41.4 43.4
32.9 40.7 49.3 58.7 69.0 80.1
24.9 30.4 36.0 41.4 46.8 52.1
ANCHOR
M12
60 100 150 200 250 300
Edge C (mm) 60
80
100
150
200
spacing s1=s2 (mm)
18.4 21.8 26.3 30.9 35.8 40.7
24.2 28.9 35.4 42.6 50.4 58.8
17.1 20.4 24.0 26.2 26.2 26.2
20.7 24.2 28.9 33.9 39.0 44.1
26.4 31.4 38.2 45.8 53.9 62.8
19.1 24.4 30.8 34.8 37.8 37.8
23.0 26.7 31.7 36.9 42.3 47.7
28.7 34.0 41.2 49.0 57.6 66.8
21.0 26.3 32.7 39.1 45.4 50.6
29.3 33.5 39.2 45.1 51.2 57.4
34.8 40.8 48.9 57.7 67.3 77.6
25.7 30.9 37.3 43.6 49.8 56.0
31.2 35.5 41.4 47.6 53.9 60.2
41.4 48.2 57.3 67.1 77.8 89.2
30.4 35.6 41.9 48.1 54.3 60.4
ANCHOR
M16
80 100 150 200 250 300
Edge C (mm) 80
100
150
200
250
spacing s1=s2 (mm)
31.3 33.8 40.4 47.4 54.9 62.6
39.5 43.6 54.8 67.1 79.8 93.5
26.8 29.2 33.4 37.8 41.2 41.2
34.4 37.0 44.0 51.4 59.2 67.4
43.4 47.8 59.6 72.2 85.5 99.9
29.0 32.2 39.9 45.4 50.0 54.6
42.7 45.7 53.6 62.0 70.7 79.9
53.9 58.9 72.0 85.8 100.8 117.0
34.6 37.7 45.3 52.8 60.2 67.5
49.5 52.7 61.4 70.5 80.0 90.0
62.5 68.1 83.2 99.7 117.4 135.5
40.1 43.2 50.7 58.1 65.4 72.7
49.5 52.7 61.4 70.5 80.0 90.0
62.5 68.1 83.2 99.7 117.9 137.5
45.6 48.6 56.0 63.4 70.7 77.9
page 102
May 2011
ANCHOR
M20
100 150 200 250 300 350
Edge C (mm) 100

150
200
250
300
spacing s1=s2 (mm)
49.3 57.1 65.5 74.2 83.3 92.8
53.7 62.6 72.2 82.4 93.2 104.8
39.3 46.2 51.2 56.4 61.4 61.4
58.8 67.4 76.5 86.2 96.2
62.1 71.9 82.3 93.4 105.3
45.7 54.7 63.5 72.1 80.6 88.8
69.0 78.4 88.5 99.0
71.1 81.8 93.1 105.3
52.1 60.9 69.6 78.2 86.6 95.0
80.0 90.3
80.7 92.3
58.4 67.1 75.7 84.2 92.6
80.6 91.0
90.8 103.4
64.6 73.3 81.8 90.2 98.5
101.3 104.6 112.8 117.7 124.7 131.6
102.1 116.7 113.6 130.9 125.6 145.9
110.0 118.1 121.4 131.7
106.6 117.9
137.1 146.3 100.9 138.1 161.7 106.8
ANCHOR
M24
120 150 200 250 300 350
Edge C (mm) 120

150
200
250
350
spacing s1=s2 (mm)
73.2 79.2 89.8 100.9
70.0 75.4 84.9 94.9
53.5 59.7 65.8 71.6 77.6 83.4
80.2 86.6 97.7
75.2 80.8 90.7
57.8 63.9 73.9 83.6 92.6 98.4
92.6 99.6
84.1 90.2
64.9 70.9 80.8 90.4
105.9
93.5
72.0 77.9 87.6 97.2
117.4 113.6 125.4 121.1
85.9 91.7
113.5 100.0 126.6 111.3 140.5 123.3
111.7 100.8 124.5 111.9
139.5 134.0 101.2 154.2 147.6 110.7
109.5 101.1 121.7 112.1 134.6 123.7
112.6 105.4 124.7 116.5
137.8 123.7 100.0 154.5 135.8 106.7 169.5 161.7 120.1 151.7 136.0 109.5 169.9 149.0 116.8 185.4 176.6 129.4
May 2011
page 103
Materials
Mechanical properties of HIT-V / HAS Anchor size HIT-V/HAS 5.8 Nominal tensile strength fuk HIT-V/HAS 8.8 HIT-V/HAS -R HIT-V/HAS -HCR HIT-V/HAS 5.8 Yield strength fyk HIT-V/HAS 8.8 HIT-V/HAS -R HIT-V/HAS -HCR Stressed cross-section As Section modulus Z Steel failure with lever arm HIT-V-5.8 HIT-V-8.8 HIT-V-R Design bending moment MRd,s HIT-V-HCR HAS-E-5.8 HAS-E-8.8 HAS-E-R HAS-E-HCR [kN] [kN] [kN] [kN] [kN] [kN] [kN] [kN] HAS HIT-V HAS HIT-V [N/mm] [N/mm] [N/mm] [N/mm] [N/mm] [N/mm] [N/mm] [N/mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] M8 500 800 700 800 400 640 450 600 32,8 36,6 27,0 31,2 M8 15 24 17 24 13 NA 15 21 M10 500 800 700 800 400 640 450 600 52,3 58,0 54,1 62,3 M10 30 48 33 48 26 NA 29 42 M12 500 800 700 800 400 640 450 600 76,2 84,3 93,8 109 M12 53 84 59 84 45 NA 51 72 M16 500 800 700 800 400 640 450 600 144 157 244 277 M16 134 213 149 213 118 NA 131 187 M20 500 800 700 800 400 640 450 600 225 245 474 541 M20 260 415 291 416 227 NA 255 364 M24 500 800 700 700 400 640 450 400 324 353 809 935 M24 449 718 504 449 389 NA 436 389
page 104
May 2011
Material quality
Part Threaded rod HIT-V(F), HAS 5.8: M8 M24 Threaded rod HIT-V(F), HAS 8.8 M27 M30 Threaded rod HIT-V-R, HAS-R Threaded rod HIT-V-HCR, HAS-HCR (AVAILABLE ON REQUEST) Material Strength class 5.8, EN ISO 898-1, A5 > 8% ductile steel galvanized 5 m, EN ISO 4042 (F) hot dipped galvanized 45 m, EN ISO 10684 Strength class 8.8, EN ISO 898-1, A5 > 8% ductile steel galvanized 5 m, EN ISO 4042 (F) hot dipped galvanized 45 m, EN ISO 10684 Stainless steel grade A4, A5 > 8% ductile strength class 70 for M24 and class 50 for M27 to M30, EN ISO 3506-1, EN 10088: 1.4401 High corrosion resistant steel, EN ISO 3506-1, EN 10088: 1.4529; 1.4565 strength M20: Rm = 800 N/mm, Rp 0.2 = 640 N/mm, A5 > 8% ductile M24 to M30: Rm = 700 N/mm, Rp 0.2 = 400 N/mm, A5 > 8% ductile Steel galvanized, EN ISO 4042; hot dipped galvanized, EN ISO 10684 Washer ISO 7089 Stainless steel, EN 10088: 1.4401 High corrosion resistant steel, EN 10088: 1.4529; 1.4565 Strength class 8, ISO 898-2 steel galvanized 5 m, EN ISO 4042 hot dipped galvanized 45 m, EN ISO 10684 Nut EN ISO 4032 Strength class 70, EN ISO 3506-2, stainless steel grade A4, EN 10088: 1.4401 Strength class 70, EN ISO 3506-2, high corrosion resistant steel, EN 10088: 1.4529; 1.4565
Anchor dimensions
Anchor size Anchor rod HAS, HAS-R, HAS-HCR HAS-E, HAS-E-R Embedment depth hef [mm] M8 M8x80 80 M10 M10x90 90 M12 M12x110 110 M16 M16x125 125 M20 M20x170 170 M24 M24x210 210
Anchor rod HIT-V, HIT-V-R, HIT-V-HCR

Anchor size Rotary hammer Other tools M8 M10 M12 M16 M20 M24 TE 2 TE 16 TE 40 TE 70
May 2011
page 105
a) Note: Manual cleaning for non-cracked concrete, element sizes d 16mm and embedment depth hef 10 d only! b) Note: Extension and piston plug needed for overhead installation and/or embedment depth > 250mm! For detailed information on installation see instruction for use given with the package of the product.
page 106 May 2011
Working time, curing time

Temperature of the base material TBM -10 C TBM < -5 C -5 C TBM < 0 C 0 C TBM < 5 C 5 C TBM < 20 C 20 C TBM < 30 C 30 C TBM 40 C Working time tgel 180 min 40 min 20 min 8 min 5 min 2 min Curing time tcure 12 h 4h 2h 1h 30 min 30 min
Setting details
Anchor size Nominal diameter of drill bit Effective embedment and drill hole depth range a) for HIT-V Effective anchorage and drill hole depth for HAS Minimum base material thickness Diameter of clearance hole in the xture Torque moment Minimum spacing Minimum edge distance d0 hef,min hef,max hef hmin df Tmax b) smin cmin [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [Nm] [mm] [mm]
M8 10 60 160 80
M10 12 60 200 90
M12 14 70 240 110
M16 18 80 320 125
M20 24 90 400 170 hef + 2 d0
M24 28 100 480 210
hef + 30 mm 100 mm 9 10 40 40 12 20 50 50 14 40 60 60 18 80 80 80
22 150 100 100
26 200 120 120
a) Embedment depth range: hef,min hef hef,max b) Maximum recommended torque moment to avoid splitting failure during installation with minimum spacing and/or edge distance
May 2011
page 107
Hilti HIT-HY 150 MAX with HIS-(R)N

suitable for non-cracked concrete C 20/25 to C 50/60 suitable for dry and water saturated concrete high loading capacity rapid curing small edge distance and anchor spacing possible corrosion resistant in service temperature range up to 120C short term/72C long term manual cleaning for anchor size M8 and M10
Hilti HIT-HY 150 MAX 330 ml foil pack (also available as 500 ml and 1400 ml foil pack))
Static mixer
Internal threaded sleeve HIS-N HIS-RN (A4-70)
A4 316
Concrete Small edge distance & spacing Corrosion resistance European Technical Approval CE conformity Hilti anchor design software
Description European technical approval
a)
Authority / Laboratory DIBt, Berlin
No. / date of issue ETA-08/0352 / 2010-04-01
a) All data given in this section according ETA-08/0352 issue 2010-04-01.

Hilti HIT-HY 150 MAX injection mortar may be applied in the temperature ranges given below. An elevated base material temperature may lead to a reduction of the design bond resistance. Temperature range Temperature range I Temperature range II Temperature range III Base material temperature -40 C to +40 C -40 C to +80 C -40 C to +120 C Maximum long term base material temperature +24 C +50 C +72 C Maximum short term base material temperature +40 C +80 C +120 C
page 108
May 2011

The design values in the tables are obtain from Pros V2.1.1 in compliance with the design method according to EOTA TR 029. Design resistance according to data given in ETA-08/0352, issue 2010-04-01.

STEP 1:
TENSION LOADING
Combined pull-out and concrete cone resistance NRd,p = fB,p N*Rd,p
20 0.95
25 0.97
32 1.00
40 1.021
50 1.04
20 0.79
25 0.87
32 1.00
40 1.11
50 1.22

Anchor size NRd,s HIS-N HIS-RN Bolt Bolt Bolt Grade 5.8 Grade 8.8 [kN] [kN] [kN] [kN] M8 17.5 13.9 12.0 19.3 13.9 M10 30.7 21.9 19.3 30.7 21.9 M12 44.7 31.6 28.0 44.7 31.6 M16 80.3 58.8 52.7 84.0 58.8 M20 74.1 69.2 82.0 130.7 92.0
Grade A 4-70 / 316 [kN]
Note: Designer needs to check the bolt tensile resistance.

May 2011 page 109
STEP 2:
SHEAR LOADING
20 0.79
25 0.87
32 1.00
40 1.11
50 1.22

Anchor size VRd,s HIS-N HIS-RN [kN] Bolt Bolt Bolt Grade 5.8 Grade 8.8 [kN] [kN] [kN] [kN] M8 10.4 8.3 7.2 12.0 8.3 M10 18.4 12.8 12.0 18.4 12.8 M12 26.0 19.2 16.8 27.2 19.2 M16 39.3 35.3 31.2 50.4 35.3 M20 36.7 41.5 48.8 78.4 55.1
Grade A 4-70 / 316 [kN]
Note: Designer needs to check the bolt shear resistance.
STEP 3:
page 110
May 2011


correct setting (See setting instruction) non-cracked concrete fc,cyl = 32 MPa temperature range I (see service temperature range) base material thickness, as specied in the table One typical embedment depth, as specied in the tables
Anchor size Embedment depth hef [mm] Base material thickness h [mm] M8x90 90 120 M10x110 110 150 M12x125 125 200 M16x170 170 250 M20x205 205 300

Anchor size Tensile NRd,s Shear VRd,s M8 M10 29.1 M12 M16 66.3 M20
Steel Failure Governs refer steel resistance tables
Note: for cracked concrete contact your local eld engineer for further information, au.engineering@hilti.com
May 2011
page 111
Two Anchors
Embedment depth hef [mm] Base material thickness h [mm]
ANCHOR
S1
Nsd
M8x90 90 120
M10x110 M12x125 M16x170 M20x205 110 150 125 200 170 250 205 300 Edge C (mm)
Vsd
M8
40 80 100 150 200
40
80
100
150
200
spacing s1 (mm)
13.3 14.6 15.3 17.0 18.6
15.2 16.6 17.3 19.1 20.8
7.1 8.9 9.8 10.7 10.7
18.2 20.0 20.9 23.2 25.4
19.2 21.0 21.9 24.1 26.3
15.1 17.2 18.3 21.0 23.7
20.9 23.0 24.0 26.6 29.2
21.4 23.3 24.3 26.8 29.2
17.5 19.6 20.6 23.2 25.8
26.0 28.6 29.9 33.2 36.3
27.2 29.7 30.9 34.0 37.2
23.6 25.6 26.5 29.0 31.4
26.0 28.6 29.9 33.2 36.3
33.4 36.4 38.0 41.8 45.6
29.6 31.5 32.4 34.7 37.0
ANCHOR
M10
spacing s1 (mm)
Edge C (mm) 45
80
100
150
200
45 80 100 150 200 250
18.2 19.5 20.3 22.2 24.1 26.0
20.2 21.6 22.4 24.3 26.3 28.2
9.3 11.1 12.1 13.9 13.9 13.9
22.9 24.6 25.6 28.0 30.4 32.8
24.1 25.7 26.6 29.0 31.3 33.6
16.8 18.9 20.1 23.0 26.0 28.4
25.9 27.8 28.8 31.6 34.3 37.0
26.4 28.2 29.2 31.8 34.3 36.9
21.7 23.9 25.1 28.3 31.4 34.5
33.9 36.4 37.8 41.4 45.0 48.5
32.7 34.9 36.1 39.3 42.5 45.6
28.7 30.8 31.9 34.8 37.7 40.6
36.5 39.2 40.7 44.6 48.5 52.3
39.5 42.2 43.7 47.6 51.4 55.2
35.6 37.6 38.7 41.4 44.2 47.0
ANCHOR
M12
spacing s1 (mm)
Edge C (mm) 55
80
100
150
200
55 100 150 200 250 300
31.9 35.0 38.4 41.7 45.1 48.4
34.8 38.4 42.5 46.5 50.5 54.6
12.9 15.5 18.5 19.4 19.4 19.4
37.0 40.5 44.4 48.4 52.3 56.1
40.3 44.5 49.2 53.9 58.4 62.7
18.8 21.6 24.8 28.0 30.5 30.5
41.3 45.3 49.6 54.0 58.3 62.7
45.0 49.7 54.9 59.8 64.5 69.2
23.9 26.9 30.2 33.6 37.0 40.3
53.0 58.1 63.7 69.3 74.9 80.4
57.7 63.1 69.1 75.0 81.0 86.9
35.8 39.0 42.6 46.1 49.7 53.2
62.7 68.6 75.3 81.9 88.5 95.1
68.3 75.3 83.3 91.3 99.1 106.4
44.0 47.0 50.4 53.7 57.1 60.5
page 112
May 2011
ANCHOR
M16
spacing s1 (mm)
Edge C (mm) 65
100
150
200
250
65 100 150 200 250 300
41.0 43.0 45.9 48.8 51.8 54.6
49.7 52.1 55.5 58.9 62.3 65.7
18.3 20.7 24.2 27.4 27.4 27.4
48.1 50.5 53.9 57.3 60.8 64.1
56.3 59.0 62.9 66.8 70.6 74.5
27.7 30.4 34.2 38.0 41.8 45.6
59.2 62.1 66.3 70.5 74.7 78.9
66.4 69.6 74.2 78.8 83.3 87.9
43.0 46.0 50.1 54.3 58.5 62.7
71.3 74.8 79.8 84.9 90.0 95.0
77.3 81.0 86.3 91.6 96.9 102.2
54.8 57.7 61.8 66.0 70.1 74.2
83.2 87.3 93.2 99.1
88.9 93.2 99.3 105.4
64.1 66.9 70.8 74.8 78.7 82.6
105.0 111.5 110.8 117.6
ANCHOR
M20
spacing s1 (mm)
Edge C (mm) 90
150
200
250
300
90 150 200 250 300 350
57.3 61.7 65.3 68.9 72.5 76.1
69.9 74.6 78.5 82.4 86.3 90.2
28.9 33.8 37.8 41.8 43.4 43.4
73.1 78.7 83.3 87.9 92.5 97.1
83.0 88.6 93.2 97.8 102.5 107.1
48.1 53.4 57.8 62.3 66.7 71.2
87.6 94.3 99.8
94.7 101.0 106.3
65.9 71.6 76.4 81.2 86.0 90.7
103.3 107.0 111.1 114.2 117.7 120.1 124.2 126.1 130.7 132.1 137.1 138.1
76.2 81.7 86.2 90.7 95.3 99.8
105.4 120.0 113.4 128.1 120.0 134.8
86.4 91.7 96.1
105.4 111.6 110.9 116.9 116.3 122.1
126.7 141.5 100.4 133.3 148.2 104.8 139.9 154.9 109.2
May 2011
page 113
Four anchors
Embedment depth hef [mm] Base material thickness h [mm]
ANCHOR
S2 C
S1
Nsd
M8x90 90 120
M10x110 M12x125 M16x170 M20x205 110 150 125 200 170 250 205 300 Edge C (mm)
Vsd
M8
40 80 100 150 200
40
tension N*Rd,p N*Rd,c shear V*Rrd,c tension N*Rd,p
80
shear V*Rrd,c N*Rd,c N*Rd,p
100
150
200
spacing s1=s2 (mm)
18.7 23.7 26.3 33.5 41.2
17.8 22.2 24.6 31.1 38.4
14.2 17.8 19.6 21.4 21.4
24.7 30.4 33.6 41.9 50.8
22.0 27.0 29.8 37.1 45.2
20.0 26.8 30.1 38.2 46.1
28.0 34.2 37.5 46.4 56.0
24.2 29.6 32.5 40.2 48.8
22.4 29.1 32.4 40.5 48.4
34.2 41.2 44.9 54.9 65.6
30.3 36.5 39.8 48.7 58.5
28.4 35.0 38.2 46.2 54.0
34.2 41.2 44.9 54.9 65.6
36.7 43.8 47.5 57.6 68.6
34.3 40.8 44.0 51.9 59.6
ANCHOR
M10
45 80 100 150 200 250
Edge C (mm) 45
80
100
150
200
spacing s1=s2 (mm)
25.0 29.9 32.8 40.8 49.4 58.6
23.4 27.7 30.3 37.5 45.0 53.3
18.6 22.2 24.2 27.8 27.8 27.8
30.7 36.2 39.5 48.4 58.0 68.2
27.5 32.2 35.1 42.7 51.1 60.2
25.2 32.1 36.0 45.4 52.0 56.8
34.3 40.0 43.6 53.0 63.2 74.0
29.9 34.9 37.9 46.0 54.8 64.3
28.0 34.8 38.7 48.0 57.2 66.2
43.9 50.6 54.7 65.5 77.2 89.6
36.5 42.1 45.5 54.6 64.5 75.2
35.0 41.6 45.4 54.6 63.7 72.6
47.0 54.0 58.2 69.6 81.7 94.6
43.6 50.0 53.8 63.9 75.0 86.9
41.8 48.3 52.0 61.1 70.1 79.0
ANCHOR
M12
55 100 150 200 250 300
Edge C (mm) 55
80
100
150
200
spacing s1=s2 (mm)
41.5 51.7 64.3 78.1 93.2
42.6 54.3 67.8 82.5 98.5
25.8 31.0 37.0 38.8 38.8 38.8
47.2 58.3 71.8 86.7
48.6 61.0 75.1 90.8
33.4 43.2 49.6 56.0 61.0 61.0
52.1 63.8 78.2 93.9
53.6 66.2 81.2 97.7
36.7 47.0 58.2 67.2 74.0 80.6
65.3 78.7 95.2
66.4 80.4 97.4
44.8 54.9 65.9 76.7 87.3 97.8
76.1 90.9
78.2 95.5
52.8 62.8 73.6 84.3 94.8
109.0 115.1 128.8 136.1 150.1 158.8
113.2 116.1 132.6 136.4 153.5 158.3
102.9 107.8 120.3 126.5
111.0 115.7 129.3 135.2
109.5 115.9
172.9 183.3 105.2
page 114
May 2011
ANCHOR
M16
65 100 150 200 250 300
Edge C (mm) 65
100
150
200
250
spacing s1=s2 (mm)
56.4 63.4 74.9 86.8 99.5
57.8 65.2 76.5 88.6 101.6
36.6 41.4 48.4 54.8 54.8 54.8
65.0 72.9 85.0 97.9
64.8 72.7 84.7 97.7
48.0 57.7 68.4 76.0 83.6 91.2
78.4 87.1 100.5
75.4 84.1 97.3
57.6 66.9 79.8 92.4
92.9 102.5
86.7 96.2
66.9 76.0 88.7
107.1
98.8
76.1 85.0 97.6
117.6 109.2 133.7 124.9
117.3 110.7
114.8 111.4
133.1 126.1 101.2 150.8 141.6 109.9
111.5 111.5 125.9 126.2
129.9 126.5 104.8 149.6 142.4 113.5 168.8 159.4 122.1 145.7 142.6 117.0 167.0 159.9 125.6 187.5 178.2 134.2
112.8 115.4
ANCHOR
M20
90 150 200 250 300 350
Edge C (mm) 90
150
200
250
300
spacing s1=s2 (mm)
82.8 98.9
82.7 97.3
57.8 67.6 75.6 83.6 86.8 86.8
102.4
96.5
74.2 91.7
120.3 108.8
84.4
139.5 121.8
94.6
142.1 135.4 104.6
120.5 112.6
140.1 126.1 101.6 161.1 140.4 111.5 163.9 155.4 121.4
113.1 110.4 128.2 124.2 143.9 138.9 160.3 154.3
136.5 126.9 105.9 157.7 141.5 115.7 180.3 157.0 125.4 183.3 173.1 135.1 153.4 142.1 119.8 176.1 157.8 129.5 200.0 174.4 139.1 203.6 191.8 148.7 171.0 158.0 133.5 195.4 175.0 143.1 221.3 192.8 152.6 224.7 211.4 162.1 189.2 174.9 142.4 215.2 193.0 156.5 242.9 212.1 166.0 246.5 232.0 175.4
May 2011
page 115
Materials
Mechanical properties of HIS-(R)N Anchor size HIS-N Nominal tensile strength fuk Screw 8.8 HIS-RN Screw A4-70 HIS-N Yield strength fyk Screw 8.8 HIS-RN Screw A4-70 Stressed cross-section As Section modulus Z HIS-(R)N Screw HIS-(R)N Screw [N/mm] [N/mm] [N/mm] [N/mm] [N/mm] [N/mm] [N/mm] [N/mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] M8x90 M10x110 M12x125 M16x170 M20x205 490 800 700 700 410 640 350 450 51.5 36.6 145 31.2 490 800 700 700 410 640 350 450 108.0 58 430 62.3 460 800 700 700 375 640 350 450 169.1 84.3 840 109 460 800 700 700 375 640 350 450 256.1 157 1595 277 460 800 700 700 375 640 350 450 237.6 245 1543 541
Material quality
Part Internal threaded sleeve HIS-N
a)
Material C-steel 1.0718, EN 10277-3 Steel galvanized 5m EN ISO 4042 Stainless steel 1.4401 EN 10088
Internal threaded sleeve b) HIS-RN
a) related fastening screw: strength class 8.8 EN ISO 898-1, A5 > 8% Ductile steel galvanized 5m EN ISO 4042 b) related fastening screw: strength class 70 EN ISO 3506-1, A5 > 8% Ductile stainless steel 1.4401; 1.4404; 1.4578; 1.4571; 1.4439; 1.4362 EN 10088
Anchor dimensions
Anchor size Internal sleeve HIS-(R)N Anchor embedment depth [mm] M8 M8x90 90 M10 M10x110 110 M12 M12x125 125 M16 M16x170 170 M20 M20x205 205

Anchor size Rotary hammer Other tools M8 M10 M12 M16 TE 40 TE 70 M20 TE 2 TE 16
blow out pump or compressed air gun, setting tools
page 116
May 2011
a) Note: Manual cleaning for HIS-(R)N M8 and HIS-(R)N M10 only! b) Note: Extension and piston plug needed for overhead installation! For detailed information on installation see instruction for use given with the package of the product.
May 2011 page 117
Working time, curing time

Temperature of the base material TBM -10 C TBM < -5 C -5 C TBM < 0 C 0 C TBM < 5 C 5 C TBM < 20 C 20 C TBM < 30 C 30 C TBM 40 C Working time tgel 180 min 40 min 20 min 8 min 5 min 2 min Curing time tcure 12 h 4h 2h 1h 30 min 30 min
Setting details
Anchor size Nominal diameter of drill bit Diameter of element Effective anchorage and drill hole depth Minimum base material thickness Diameter of clearance hole in the xture Thread engagement length; min - max Torque moment a) Minimum spacing Minimum edge distance d0 d hef hmin df hs Tmax smin cmin [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [Nm] [mm] [mm]
M8x90 14 12,5 90 120 9 8-20 10 40 40
M10x110 18 16,5 110 150 12 10-25 20 45 45
M12x125 22 20,5 125 170 14 12-30 40 55 55
M16x170 28 25,4 170 230 18 16-40 80 65 65
M20x205 32 27,6 205 270 22 20-50 150 90 90
a) Maximum recommended torque moment to avoid splitting failure during installation with minimum spacing and/or edge distance.
page 118
May 2011
May 2011
page 119
Hilti HIT-HY 70
Hilti HIT-HY 70 injection mortar for masonry

chemical injection fastening for all type of base materials: hollow and solid clay bricks, sand-lime bricks, normal and light weight concrete blocks, aerated light weight concrete, natural stones
Hilti HIT-HY 70 330 ml foil pack (also available as 500 ml and 1400 ml foil pack)
two-component hybrid mortar rapid curing versatile and convenient handling flexible setting depth and fastening thickness small edge distance and anchor spacing mortar filling control with HIT-SC sleeves suitable for overhead fastenings in-service temperatures: short time: max.120C long term: max 72C
Mixer HIT-V (Zinc) HIT-V-F (Gal) HIT-V-R (A4-70) HAS-E (Zinc) HAS-E-F (Gal) HAS-E-R (A4-70)
HIT-AC, HIT-ACR rod HIT-IC internal threaded sleeve HIS-RN sleeve
HIT-SC composite sleeve
A4 316
Concrete Variable embedment depth Solid brick Hollow brick Autoclaved aerated concrete Fire rated Corrosion resistance
highMo
High corrosion resistance Hilti anchor design software
HCR
Description Allgemeine bauaufsichtliche Zulassung (national German approval) Fiche technique SOCOTEC Fire test report Assessment report (re) Authority / Laboratory DIBt, Berlin SOCOTEC, Paris MFPA, Leipzig warringtonre No. / date of issue Z-21.3-1830 / 2009-01-20 YX 0047 08.2006 PB III/B-07-157 / 2007-06-04 WF 166402 / 2007-10-26
page 120
May 2011
Hilti HIT-HY 70
Basic loading data for single anchor in masonry units

All data in this section applies to

Load values valid for holes drilled with TE rotary hammers in hammering mode Correct anchor setting (see instruction for use, setting details) Steel quality of fastening elements: see data below Steel quality for screws for HIT-IG, HIT-IC and HIS-N: min. grade 5.8 / HIS-RN: A4-70 Threaded rods of appropriate size (diameter and length) and a minimum steel quality of 5.8 can be used Base material temperature during installation and curing must be between -5C through +40C
Recommended loads a) Frec for brick breakout and pull out in [kN]
Hollow masonry: HIT-HY 70 with HIT-SC and HIT-AC / HIT-V, HAS, HAS-E and HIT-IG / HIT-IC HIT-AC, HIT-V, HAS, HAS-E Anchor size Base material Setting depth [mm] Nrec [kN] 50 Vrec [kN] 80 Vrec [kN] Nrec [kN]
Towards free edge cmin = 200 No free edges
HIT-IG / HIT-IC M8 M10 M12
M6
M8
M10
M12
HIT-SC HIT-SC HIT-SC HIT-SC HIT-SC HIT-SC HIT-SC HIT-SC HIT-SC 12x 16x 16x 18x 22x 16x 18xc) 22x 22x 0.5 1.0 1.8 1.25 1.25 0.6 1.0 0.6 1.25 1.25 1.5 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0 0.5 1.5 1.8 2.0 2.5 0.6 1.5 0.9 2.0 2.5 1.5 2.0 3.0 2.0 3.5 0.5 1.5 1.8 2.0 2.8 0.6 1.5 0.9 2.0 2.8 1.5 2.0 3.0 2.0 5.5 0.8 1.5 1.8 2.0 3.0 0.6 1.5 1.7 2.0 3.0 1.5 2.0 3.0 2.0 7.5 0.8 2.0 1.8 2.0 3.0 0.6 2.0 1.7 2.0 3.0 1.5 2.0 4.0 2.0 7.5 1.8 2.0 2.5 0.9 2.0 2.5 3.0 2.0 3.5 1.8 2.0 2.8 1.7 2.0 2.8 4.0 2.0 5.5 1.8 2.0 2.8 1.7 2.0 2.8 4.0 2.0 5.5 1.8 2.0 3.0 1.7 2.0 3.0 4.0 2.0 7.5 -
Fire light brick Scoria Blend fuc b) 4 N/mm L x H x B [mm] 230 x 110 x 119
(Shell thickness 19 mm) Australia Hollow Block fuc b) 10 N/mm L x H x B [mm] 390 x 190 x 190
Nrec [kN] 50 Vrec [kN] 80 Vrec [kN] Nrec [kN]

(Shell thickness 30 mm) Australia Clay common (Standard) fuc b) 20 N/mm L x H x B [mm] 230 x 110 x 76
Nrec [kN] 50 Vrec [kN] 80 Vrec [kN] Nrec [kN]

(Shell thickness 20 mm) Australia
a) Recommended load values with consideration of a global safety factor global =3.0: Frec = FRk / global b) fuc = unconned compressive strength c) HIT-SC 18x with HIT-IC M10 only! HIT-IG M10 elements do not t.
May 2011 page 121
Hilti HIT-HY 70
Recommended loads a) Frec for brick breakout and pull out in [kN]
Solid masonry: HIT-HY 70 with HIT-AC / HIT-V, HAS, HAS-E and HIT-IG / HIT-IC Anchor size Base material Clay common (Dry pressed) fuc b) 14 N/mm L x H x B [mm] 230 x 110 x 76 Australia Setting depth [mm] 80 Nrec [kN]
HIT-AC, HIT-V, HAS, HAS-E M6 M8 M10 M12
HIT-IG / HIT-IC M8 M10 M12
2.5 2.0 3.5
3.0 2.0 5.5
4.0 2.0 7.5
2.5 2.0 3.5
3.0 2.0 5.5
4.0 2.0 7.5
Vrec [kN]
a) Recommended load values with consideration of a global safety factor global =3.0: Frec = FRk / global b) fuc = unconned compressive strength
page 122
May 2011
Hilti HIT-HY 70
Design
Inuence of joints: If the joints of the masonry are not visible the recommended load Nrec has to be reduced with the factor j = 0.75. If the joints of the masonry are visible (e.g. unplastered wall) following has to be taken into account:

The recommended load Nrec may be used only, if the wall is designed such that the joints are to be lled with mortar. If the wall is designed such that the joints are not to be lled with mortar then the recommended load Nrec may be used only, if the minimum edge distance cmin to the vertical joints is observed. If this minimum edge distance cmin can not be observed then the recommended load Nrec has to be reduced with the factor j = 0.75.
The decisive resistance to tension loads is the lower value of Nrec (brick breakout, pull out) and Nmax,pb (pull out of one brick). Pull out of one brick: The allowable load of an anchor or a group of anchors in case of pull out of one brick, Nmax,pb [kN], is given in the following tables:
Clay bricks:
Nmax,pb [kN] 240 300 500 80 1.1 1.4 2.3 brick breadth bbrick [mm] 120 1.6 2.1 3.4 200 2.7 3.4 5.7 240 3.3 4.1 6.9 300 4.1 5.1 8.6 360 4.9 6.2 10.3
All other brick types:

Nmax,pb [kN] 240 300 500 80 0.8 1.0 1.7 brick breadth bbrick [mm] 120 1.2 1.5 2.6 200 2.1 2.6 4.3 240 2.5 3.1 5.1 300 3.1 3.9 6.4 360 3.7 4.6 7.7
brick length lbrick [mm]
brick length lbrick [mm]
Nmax,pb = resistance for pull out of one brick lbrick bbrick = length of the brick = breadth of the brick
For all applications outside of the above mentioned base materials and / or setting conditions site tests have to be made for the determination of load values.
May 2011
page 123
Hilti HIT-HY 70
Materials
Material quality HAS Part Threaded rod HAS-(E), HAS-(E)-(F) Threaded rod HAS-(E)R Washer ISO 7089 Material Strength class 5.8, EN ISO 898-1, A5 > 8% ductile steel galvanized 5 m, EN ISO 4042 (F) hot dipped galvanized 45 m, EN ISO 10684 Stainless steel grade A4, A5 > 8% ductile strength class 70,EN ISO 35061, EN 10088: 1.4401 Steel galvanized, EN ISO 4042; Stainless steel, EN 10088: 1.4401 Strength class 8, ISO 898-2 steel galvanized 5 m, EN ISO 4042 Nut EN ISO 4032 Strength class 70, EN ISO 3506-2, stainless steel grade A4, EN 10088: 1.4401 Strength class 70, EN ISO 3506-2, high corrosion resistant steel, EN 10088: 1.4529; 1.4565 Material quality HIT-A Part HIT-AC rod HIT-ACR rod HIT-AN rod Material quality sleeves Part HIT-IG sleeve HIT-IC sleeve HIT-SC sleeve Material Carbon steel 1.0718; galvanized to min. 5 m Carbon steel; galvanized to min. 5 m PA/PP Material Carbon steel grade 5.8; galvanized to Stainless steel, grade A4-70; 1.4401 Carbon steel grade 3.6; galvanized to min. 5 m min. 5 m
Setting
Installation equipment Anchor size Rotary hammer Other tools M6 M8 TE2 TE16 blow out pump, set of cleaning brushes, dispenser M10 M12
page 124
May 2011
Hilti HIT-HY 70
Setting instructions in solid base materials
May 2011
page 125
Hilti HIT-HY 70
Setting details: hole depth h0 and effective anchorage depth in solid base materials
Setting details HIT-AC, HIT-V, HIT-V, HAS-E, HAS-E-F, HAS-E-R

Anchor size Nominal diameter of drill bit Effective anchorage depth Hole depth Minimum base material thickness Diameter of clearance hole in the xture Minimum spacing a), b) Minimum edge distance a) Torque moment Filling volume d0 hef h0 hmin df smin cmin Tinst [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [Nm] [ml] HIT-AC, HIT-V M8 10 80 85 110 9 100 100 5 4 M10 12 80 85 110 12 100 100 8 5 M12 14 80 85 110 14 100 100 10 7 HIT-V, HAS-E, HAS-E-F, HAS-E-R c) M8 10 80 85 110 9 100 100 5 4 M10 12 90 95 120 12 100 100 8 6 M12 14 110 115 140 14 100 100 10 10 M16 18 125 130 170 18 100 100 10 15
a) In case of shear loads towards a free edge: cmin = 200 mm A distance from the edge of a broken brick of cmin = 200 mm is recommended, e.g. around window or door frames. b) Recommend to place one anchor per brick, in the middle of the brick face. c) Refer the Recommended loads table for the required setting depth.
page 126
May 2011
Hilti HIT-HY 70
HIT-IG, HIT-IC
HIS-N/RN
Setting details HIT-IG, HIT-IC

Anchor size Nominal diameter of drill bit Effective anchorage depth Hole depth Minimum base material thickness Diameter of clearance hole in the xture Length of bolt engagement Minimum spacing a), b) Minimum edge distance a) Torque moment Filling volume d0 hef h0 hmin df hs smin cmin Tinst [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [Nm] [ml] HIT-IG M8 14 80 85 110 9 M10 18 80 85 110 12 M12 18 80 85 110 14 M8 14 80 85 110 9 HIT-IC M10 16 80 85 110 12 M12 18 80 85 110 14 14 90 95 120 9 HIS-N/RN c) M8 M10 18 110 115 150 12 M12 22 125 130 170 14
min. 10 max. 75 100 100 5 6 100 100 8 6 100 100 10 6
min. 10 max. 75 100 100 5 6 100 100 8 6 100 100 10 6
min. 8 min. 10 min. 12 max.20 max.25 max.30
100 100 5 6
100 100 8 10
100 100 10 16
a) In case of shear loads towards a free edge: cmin = 200 mm A distance from the edge of a broken brick of cmin = 200 mm is recommended, e.g. around window or door frames. b) Recommend to place one anchor per brick, in the middle of the brick face. c) Refer the Recommended loads table for the required setting depth.
May 2011
page 127
Hilti HIT-HY 70
Setting instruction in hollow base material using 330 ml foil pack
page 128
May 2011
Hilti HIT-HY 70
Setting details: hole depth h0 and effective anchorage depth in hollow base materials
HAS-E / HIT-AC with HIT-SC
HIT-AC, HIT-V, HAS-E
Setting details HIT-V / HAS-E / HIT-Awith sieve sleeve

Anchor size Sieve sleeve HIT SC Nominal diameter of drill bit Effective anchorage depth Hole depth Minimum base material thickness Diameter of clearance hole in the xture Minimum spacing a), b) Minimum edge distance a) Torque moment Filling volume d0 hef h0 [mm] [mm] [mm] 12 50 60 80 7 100 100 3 12 M6 12 80 95 110 7 100 100 3 24 16 50 60 80 9 100 100 3 18 M8 16 80 95 110 9 100 100 3 30 16 50 60 80 12 100 100 4 18 M10 16 80 95 110 12 100 100 4 30 18 50 60 80 14 100 100 6 18 18 80 95 110 14 100 100 6 36 M12 22 50 60 80 14 100 100 6 30 22 80 95 110 14 100 100 6 55 12x50 12x85 16x50 16x85 16x50 16x85 18x50 18x85 22x50 22x85
hmin [mm] df [mm]
smin [mm] cmin [mm] Tinst [Nm] [ml]
a) In case of shear loads towards a free edge: cmin = 200 mm A distance from the edge of a broken brick of cmin = 200 mm is recommended, e.g. around window or door frames. b) Recommended one anchor per brick in the middle of the brick face. In the case of hollow concrete blocks one anchor per cavity in the middle of each cavity face.
May 2011
page 129
Hilti HIT-HY 70
Setting details: hole depth h0 and effective anchorage depth in hollow base materials
HIT-IG / HIT-IC with HIT-SC
HIT-IG / HIT-IC
Setting details HIT-IG / HIT-IC with sieve sleeve

Anchor size Sieve sleeve HIT SC Nominal diameter of drill bit Effective anchorage depth Hole depth Minimum base material thickness Diameter of clearance hole in the xture Length of bolt engagement Minimum spacing a), b) Minimum edge distance a) Torque moment Filling volume d0 hef h0 [mm] [mm] [mm] HIT-IG M8 16x85 16 80 95 110 9 M10 22x85 22 80 95 110 12 min. 10 max. 75 100 100 3 30 100 100 4 45 100 100 6 45 100 100 3 30 M12 22x85 22 80 95 110 14 M8 16x85 16 80 95 110 9 HIT-IC M10 18x85 18 80 95 110 12 min. 10 max. 75 100 100 4 36 100 100 6 45 M12 22x85 22 80 95 110 14
hmin [mm] df hs [mm] [mm]
smin [mm] cmin [mm] Tinst [Nm] [ml]
a) In case of shear loads towards a free edge: cmin = 200 mm A distance from the edge of a broken brick of cmin = 200 mm is recommended, e.g. around window or door frames. b) Recommended one anchor per brick in the middle of the brick face. In the case of hollow concrete blocks one anchor per cavity in the middle of each cavity face.
page 130
May 2011
Hilti HIT-HY 70
May 2011
page 131
Chemical anchor components & accessories

1. Dispensing Systems Manual Dispenser: MD 2000 / 2500 Benefits

Hard plastic, light weight 330ml or 500ml tubes Can achieve embedment up to 1.0m deep dependant on hole diameter
MD 2000 / 2500 dispenser
Battery Dispenser: ED 3500
Benefits

Hard plastic, light weight. Lithium Ion Batteries Can dispense up to 70 x 500ml tubes per battery charge Can achieve emblements up to 1.8m deep dependant on hole diameter
ED 3500-A dispenser
Pnuematic Dispenser: HIT P-8000D
Benefits
Ideal for repetitive / deep embedment holes. 1400ml tubes, large volume capacity Dosage control Can achieve emblements up to 3.2m deep dependant on hole diameter Requires air compressor
HIT P-8000D pnuematic dispenser
page 132
May 2011
2. Piston Plug & Cleaning Accessories Piston Plug Extension Hose
Piston Plug + Extension Hose + Cleaning + Dispenser + HIT Injection Mortar = SOLUTION
Inject mortar carefully from the bottom of the hole without air bubbles
Hole dia. (mm) 10 12 14 16 18 20 22 24 25 28 30 32 35 37 40 42 45 47 52
HAS-E or HIT-V (mm) 8 10 12 16
HIS-N (mm)
Rebar (mm)
HIT-SZ Piston Plug Item No. 335022 335023 335024 335025 335026 335027 380925 335028 380926 380927 380928 380929 380930 -
HIT-RB Cleaning Brush Item No. 10 8/12 10/14 12/16 14/18 16/20 18/22 24 20/25 28 30 25/32 35 37 40 42 45 380917 336548 336549 336550 336551 336552 370774 380918 336553 380919 380920 336554 380921 382259 382260 382261 382262 -
8 8 10 16 12 10 12
8/12 10/14 12/16 14/18 16/20 -
20 20 24 16 20 30 36 32 39 36 40 24 28 30
20/25 30 25/32 35 40 42 45 47 -
3. Overhead accessories for HIT chemical injection Wedge HIT-OHW Drip Guard HIT-OHC
387550 387551 387552 Wedge HIT-OHW Drip Guard HIT-OHC1 Drip Guard HIT OHC2
May 2011
page 133
4. Threaded Anchor Rods and Internally Threaded Sleeves
HIT-V threaded anchor rod

A universal anchor rod for use with all HIT injectable mortars, enabling exible embedment depth.
HIT-HY 150 MAX ETA-08/0352 HIT-RE 500 ETA-04/0027 HIT-RE 500-SD ETA-07/0260 CE conformity
HIT-V threaded anchor rod A universal anchor rod for use with all HIT injectable mortars, enabling flexible embedment depth. Zinc plated version (complete with nut and washer), 5.8 grade steel.
Max. Typical fastenable embedheight + ment Rod Drill bit anchorage depth length dia. depth (mm) (mm) (mm)
HIT-VR threaded anchor rod A universal anchor rod for use with all HIT injectable mortars, enabling flexible embedment depth. Stainless steel version (complete with nut and washer), A4-70 grade steel.
Max. Typical fastenable embedheight + ment Rod Drill bit anchorage depth length dia. depth (mm) (mm) (mm)
Package contents (pcs)
Ordering designation
Item no.
Package contents (pcs)
Ordering designation
Item no.
65 95 135 78 98 113 173 91 101 131 201 261 127 177 277 357 153 233 353 453 268 418
80 80 80 90 90 90 90
80 110 150 95 115 130 190
10 10 10 12 12 12 12 14 14 14 14 14 18 18 18 18 24 24 24 24 28 28
20 20 20 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 5 5 5 5 10 10 10 10 5 5
HIT-V M8 80 HIT-V M8 110 HIT-V M8 150** HIT-V M10 95 HIT-V M10 115 HIT-V M10 130 HIT-V M10 190** HIT-V M12 110 HIT-V M12 120 HIT-V M12 150 HIT-V M12 220** HIT-V M12 280** HIT-V M16 150 HIT-V M16 200 HIT-V M16 300 HIT-V M16 380** HIT-V M20 180 HIT-V M20 260 HIT-V M20 380 HIT-V M20 480 HIT-V M24 300 HIT-V M24 450
387054 387055 387056 387057 387146 387058 387059 387060 387147 387061 387062 387063 387064 387065 387066 387067 387068 387069 387070 387071 387072 387073
65 95 135 78 98 113 173 91 101 131 201 261 127 177 277 357 153 233 353 453 268 418
80 80 80 90 90 90 90
80 110 150 95 115 130 190
10 10 10 12 12 12 12 14 14 14 14 14 18 18 18 18 24 24 24 24 28 28
20 20 20 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 5 5 5 5 10 10 10 10 5 5
HIT-V-R M8 80 HIT-V-R M8 110 HIT-V-R M8 150 HIT-V-R M10 95
387074 387075 387076 387077
HIT-V-R M10 115 387148 HIT-V-R M10 130 387078 HIT-V-R M10 190 387079 HIT-V-R M12 110 387080 HIT-V-R M12 120 387149 HIT-V-R M12 150 387081 HIT-V-R M12 220 387082 HIT-V-R M12 280 387083 HIT-V-R M16 150 387084 HIT-V-R M16 200 387085 HIT-V-R M16 300 387086 HIT-V-R M16 380 387087 HIT-V-R M20 180 387150 HIT-V-R M20 260 387088 HIT-V-R M20 380 387089 HIT-V-R M20 480 387151 HIT-V-R M24 300 387152 HIT-V-R M24 450 387153
110 110 110 120 110 150 110 220 110 280 125 150 125 200 125 300 125 380 170 180 170 260 170 380 170 480 210 300 210 450
110 110 110 120 110 150 110 220 110 280 125 150 125 200 125 300 125 380 170 180 170 260 170 380 170 480 210 300 210 450
* Depending on the type of HIT injectable mortar used ** 8.8 grade steel
HIT-V-F threaded anchor rod Universal anchor rod for use with all HIT injectable mortars, enabling flexible embedment depth. Hot dip-galvanized version (complete with nut and washer), 5.8 grade steel. Available in same sizes and steel strength grade as HIT-V (zinc plated).
page 134
May 2011
HAS-E anchor rod, complete with hexagon nut & washer

External end drive for quicker installation.
Item no. Ordering designation Anchor length Hole dia. Hole depth
With external end drive

Max Fasten. Thickness Tighten Torque (Nm) Package contents
Steel (Grade 5.8, fuk = 500 MPa) zinc plated to min. 5 microns
332219 332220 332221 332222 332223 332224 HAS-E HAS-E HAS-E HAS-E HAS-E HAS-E M8 x 80/14 M10 x 90/21 M12 x 110/28 M16 x 125/38 M20 x 170/48 M24 x 210/54 106mm 125mm 153mm 182mm 240mm 290mm 10mm 12mm 14mm 18mm 24mm 28mm 80mm 90mm 110mm 125mm 170mm 210mm 14mm 21mm 28mm 38mm 48mm 54mm 15 30 50 100 160 240 20 20 20 20 10 10
Steel (Grade 5.8, fuk = 500 MPa) hot dipped galvanised to min. 40 microns
333143 333145 333148 333153 333158 333163 333165 333167 HAS-E-F HAS-E-F HAS-E-F HAS-E-F HAS-E-F HAS-E-F M8 x 80/14 M10 x 90/21 M12 x 110/28 M16 x 125/38 M20 x 170/48 M24 x 210/54 106mm 125mm 153mm 182mm 240mm 290mm 380mm 460mm 10mm 12mm 14mm 18mm 24mm 28mm 35mm 40mm 80mm 90mm 110mm 125mm 170mm 210mm 270mm 330mm 14mm 21mm 28mm 38mm 48mm 54mm 70mm 90mm 15 30 50 100 160 240 300 360 20 20 20 20 10 10 4 2
HAS-E-F M30 x 270/70 (grade 8.8) HAS-E-F M36 x 330/90 (grade 8.8)
Stainless steel (316 grade, fuk = 700 MPa)

333119 HAS-E-R M8 x 80/14 333122 HAS-E-R M10 x 90/21 333126 HAS-E-R M12 x 110/28 333131 HAS-E-R M16 x 125/38 333135 HAS-E-R M20 x 170/48 333137 HAS-E-R M24 x 210/54 Other sizes available on request and subject to lead time 106mm 125mm 153mm 182mm 240mm 290mm 10mm 12mm 14mm 18mm 24mm 28mm 80mm 90mm 110mm 125mm 170mm 210mm 14mm 21mm 28mm 38mm 48mm 54mm 15 30 50 100 160 240 20 20 20 20 10 10
HIS-N internally threaded sleeve with cover cap

Item no. Ordering designation Hole dia. Hole depth Max Fasten. Thickness Tighten Torque (Nm) Package contents
Steel (fuk = 460 - 490 MPa) zinc plated to min. 5 microns

258015 258016 258017 258018 258019 HIS-N HIS-N HIS-N HIS-N HIS-N M8 x 90 (for HVU M10) M10 x 110 (For HVU M12) M12 x 125 (For HVU M16) M16 x 170 (For HVU M20) M20 x 205 (For HVU M24) 14mm 18mm 22mm 28mm 32mm 95mm 115mm 130mm 175mm 210mm 20mm 25mm 30mm 40mm 50mm 15 28 50 85 170 10 10 5 5 5
Stainless steel (316 grade, fuk = 700 MPa)

258024 258025 258026 258027 258028
May 2011
HIS-RN HIS-RN HIS-RN HIS-RN HIS-RN
M8 x 90 (HVU M10) M10 x 110 (HVU M12) M12 x 125 (HVU M16) M16 x 170 (HVU M20) M20 x 205 (HVU M24)
14mm 18mm 22mm 28mm 32mm
95mm 115mm 130mm 175mm 210mm
20mm 25mm 30mm 40mm 50mm
12 23 40 70 130
10 10 5 5 5
page 135
page 136
May 2011
Mechanical anchoring systems.

Heavy duty anchors l Medium duty anchors
May 2011
page 137
HDA design anchor
HDA design anchor

Anchor version Benefits
HDA-P HDA-PR HDA-PF Anchor for presetting
suitable for non-cracked and cracked concrete C 20/25 to C 50/60 mechanical interlock (undercut) low expansion force (thus small edge distance / spacing) automatic undercutting (without special undercutting tool) high loading capacity, complete system (anchor, stop drill bit, setting tool, drill hammer) setting mark on anchor for control (easy and safe) completely removable test reports: fire resistance, fatigue, shock, seismic
performance of a headed stud HDA-T HDA-TR HDA-TF Anchor for through-fasting

A4 316
Concrete Fire Tensile zone Small edge Performance distance of a headed resistance & spacing stud Fatigue Shock Seismic ICC Nuclear Corrosion resistance European Technical Approval CE Hilti anchor conformity design software
Description European technical approval ICC-ES report Shockproof fastenings in civil defence installations Nuclear power plants Dynamic loads Fire test report Assessment report (re)
a)
Authority / Laboratory CSTB, Paris ICC evaluation service Bundesamt fr Zivilschutz, Bern DIBt, Berlin DIBt, Berlin IBMB, Braunschweig warringtonre
No. / date of issue ETA-99/0009 / 2008-03-25 ESR 1546 / 2008-03-01 BZS D 04-221 / 2004-09-02 Z-21.1-1696 / 2008-09-01 Z-21.1-1693 / 2007-05-25 UB 3039/8151-CM / 2001-01-31 WF 166402 / 2007-10-26
a) All data given in this section according ETA 99/0009 issue 2008-03-05.
page 138
May 2011
HDA design anchor
Design process for typical anchors layout in non cracked concrete

Background of the design method: Values of the design resistances are obtained from PROFIS 2.1.1 in compliance with ETAG No.001 Annex C Design Method. Design Process:
STEP 1:
TENSION LOADING
Concrete cone or concrete splitting resistance, whichever governing NRd,c = fB N*Rd,c
N*Rd,c is obtained from the relevant design tables fB inuence of concrete strength
Concrete Strengths fc,cyc (MPa) fB
20 0.79
25 0.87
32 1.00
40 1.11
50 1.22

Anchor size
NRd,s
M10 [kN] [kN] 30.7 28.8
M12 44.7 41.9
M16 84.0 78.8
M20 128.0 Not available
HDA-P(F), HDA-T(F) HDA-PR, HDA-TR
NRd = min { NRd,c , NRd,s } CHECK NRd NSd
May 2011
page 139
HDA design anchor
STEP 2:
SHEAR LOADING
Design concrete edge resistance VRd,c = fB V*Rd,c
V*Rd,c is obtained from the relevant design tables fB inuence of concrete strength
20 0.79
25 0.87
32 1.00
40 1.11
50 1.22
Design steel resistance (shear) VRd,s

Anchor size HDA-P, HDA-PF
VRd,s
M10 [kN] [kN] 17.6 17.3 43.3 53.4
M12 24.0 25.6 53.3 65.4
M16 49.6 47.4 93.3 114.3
M20 73.6 Not available 136.7 Not available
HDA-PR HDA-T, HDA-TF HDA-TR
STEP 3:
page 140
May 2011
HDA design anchor


correct setting (See setting instruction) non-cracked concrete fc,cyl = 32 MPa minimum base material thickness, as specied in the table below
Anchor size h = hmin [mm]
M10
M12
M16
M20
Refer to Setting detail
Basic loading data (for a single anchor) no edge or spacing inuence

Anchor size Tensile NRd,s Shear VRd,s HDA-P/T HDA-P/T [kN] [kN] M10 M12 M16 M20 Steel faiure governs refer to steel resistance tables
May 2011
page 141
HDA design anchor
Two Anchors
Table 1: One edge inuence h=hmin
C
S1
Nsd
Vsd
ANCHOR
M10
spacing s1 (mm)
Edge C (mm) 80
tension N*Rd,c shear V*Rrd,c N*Rd,c
120
tension shear V*Rrd,c N*Rd,c
150
200
250
350
tension shear V*Rrd,c
100 150 200 250 300

ANCHOR
43.2 48.6 54.0 59.4 64.8
19.1 21.9 24.7 27.0 27.0
55.4 62.3 69.3 76.2 83.1
29.3 32.5 35.7 38.8 42.0
65.5 73.7 81.9 90.0 98.2
33.8 36.8 39.9 42.9 46.0
65.5 73.7 81.9 90.0 98.2
41.1 44.0 47.0 49.9 52.8
65.5 73.7 81.9 90.0 98.2
48.4 51.2 54.0 56.9 59.7
65.5 73.7 81.9 90.0 98.2
62.7 65.5 68.2 70.9 73.6
M12
spacing s1 (mm)
Edge C (mm) 100

150
200
250
300
400
125 150 200 250 350

ANCHOR
60.2 63.2 69.2 75.2 87.3
27.2 28.8 32.0 35.2 38.4
77.2 81.0 88.7 96.4 111.9
39.2 40.9 44.3 47.7 54.5
91.5 96.1 105.2 114.4 132.7
47.0 48.7 51.9 55.1 61.6
91.5 96.1 105.2 114.4 132.7
54.8 56.4 59.5 62.6 68.9
91.5 96.1 105.2 114.4 132.7
62.6 64.1 67.1 70.2 76.3
91.5 96.1 105.2 114.4 132.7
77.8 79.3 82.2 85.2 91.0
M16
spacing s1 (mm)
Edge C (mm) 150

200
250
300
400
500
190 250 300 350 450

ANCHOR
112.3 121.1 128.5 135.9 150.7
50.1 54.8 58.7 62.6 70.4
132.8 143.3 152.0 160.8 178.3
64.0 68.9 73.0 77.0 85.1
155.0 167.2 177.4 187.6 208.0
73.2 77.9 81.8 85.7 93.5
171.4 185.0 196.3 207.6 230.1
82.5 87.0 90.8 94.6 102.1
171.4 185.0 196.3 207.6 230.1
100.7 105.0 108.7 112.3 119.5
171.4 185.0 196.3 207.6 230.1
118.8 123.0 126.5 130.0 137.0
M20
spacing s1 (mm)
Edge C (mm) 200

250
300
400
500
600
250 300 350 450 550
170.6 179.2 187.7 204.7 221.8
78.9 83.5 88.1 97.4 106.7
194.1 203.8 213.5 232.9 252.3
95.7 100.5 105.3 114.8 124.4
218.9 229.8 240.8 262.7 284.6
106.3 110.9 115.5 124.8 134.0
258.7 271.7 284.6 310.5 336.4
127.4 131.9 136.2 145.0 153.8
258.7 271.7 284.6 310.5 336.4
148.5 152.7 157.0 165.4 173.9
258.7 271.7 284.6 310.5 336.4
169.3 173.4 177.6 185.8 194.1
page 142
May 2011
HDA design anchor
Four anchors
S1
Nsd
h=hmin
S2 C h
ANCHOR
Vsd
M10
100 150 200 250 300
Edge C (mm) 80
120
150
200
250
350
spacing s1=s2 (mm)
62.0 80.2 100.9 123.9 149.2
38.2 43.8 49.4 54.0 54.0
75.9 96.9 120.5 146.7 175.4
44.0 54.1 63.9 73.7 83.3
87.3 110.5 136.4 165.0 196.4
48.3 58.3 68.2 77.9 87.5
87.3 110.5 136.4 165.0 196.4
55.5 65.4 75.2 84.8 94.4
87.3 110.5 136.4 165.0 196.4
62.7 72.5 82.2 91.7 101.3
87.3 110.5 136.4 165.0 196.4
76.9 86.5 96.1 105.5 115.0
ANCHOR
M12
125 150 200 250 350
Edge C (mm) 100

150
200
250
300
400
spacing s1=s2 (mm)
86.4 96.2 117.3 140.6 193.5
50.9 56.4 64.0 70.4 76.8
105.7 117.0 141.3 167.8 227.8
58.7 64.1 74.7 85.2 105.8
122.0 134.5 161.3 190.6 256.4
66.4 71.7 82.2 92.6 113.1
122.0 134.5 161.3 190.6 256.4
74.0 79.3 89.7 100.1 120.4
122.0 134.5 161.3 190.6 256.4
81.6 86.8 97.2 107.5 127.8
122.0 134.5 161.3 190.6 256.4
96.7 101.8 112.1 122.2 142.3
ANCHOR
M16
190 250 300 350 450
Edge C (mm) 150

200
250
300
400
500
spacing s1=s2 (mm)
161.3 190.7 217.1 245.2 306.5
89.8 105.0 117.4 125.2 140.8
184.9 217.2 246.1 276.8 343.6
98.9 114.0 126.5 138.8 163.2
210.0 245.4 276.9 310.3 383.0
107.9 123.0 135.3 147.6 171.9
228.6 266.1 299.5 335.0 411.7
117.0 131.9 144.2 156.4 180.6
228.6 266.1 299.5 335.0 411.7
134.8 149.6 161.8 173.9 197.9
228.6 266.1 299.5 335.0 411.7
152.6 167.2 179.3 191.3 215.1
ANCHOR
M20
250 300 350 450 550
Edge C (mm) 200

250
300
400
500
600
spacing s1=s2 (mm)
244.8 272.6 301.9 365.0 433.9
138.0 152.7 167.3 194.8 213.4
271.7 301.6 333.0 400.5 474.3
148.5 163.1 177.6 206.2 234.4
300.0 332.0 365.6 437.8 516.4
158.9 173.4 187.8 216.3 244.4
345.0 380.3 417.4 496.8 583.0
179.7 194.0 208.3 236.5 264.4
345.0 380.3 417.4 496.8 583.0
200.3 214.5 228.6 256.7 284.4
345.0 380.3 417.4 496.8 583.0
220.8 234.9 248.9 276.7 304.3
May 2011
page 143
HDA design anchor
Materials
Mechanical properties of HDA Anchor size Anchor bolt Nominal tensile strength Yield strength Stressed cross-section Section modulus fuk fyk As Z [N/mm] [N/mm] [mm] [mm] 800 640 58,0 62,3 60 800 640 84,3 109,2 105 800 640 157 277,5 266 800 640 245 540,9 519 800 600 58,0 62,3 60 800 600 84,3 109,2 105 800 600 157 277,5 266 HDA-P(F) / HDA-T(F) M10 M12 M16 M20 HDA-PR / HDA-TR M10 M12 M16
Characteristic bending resistance without sleeve M0Rk,s [Nm] Anchor sleeve Nominal tensile strength Yield strength fuk fyk [N/mm] [N/mm]
850 600
850 600
700 600
550 450
850 600
850 600
700 600
a) HDA M20: only a galvanized 5m version is available b) The recommended bending moment of the HDA anchor bolt may be calculated from Mrec = MRd,s / F = MRk,s / (Ms . F) = (1,2 . Wel . fuk) / (Ms . F) , where the partial safety factor for bolts of grade 8.8 is MS = 1,25, for A4-80 equal to 1,33 and the partial safety factor for action may be taken as F = 1,4. In case of HDA-T/TR/TF the bending capacity of the sleeve is neglected, only the capacity of the bolt is taken into account.
Material quality
Part HDA-P / HDA-T (Carbon steel version) Sleeve: Bolt M10 - M16: Bolt M20: HDA-PR / HDA-TR (Stainless steel version) Sleeve: Bolt M10 - M16: HDA-PF / HDA-TF (Sherardized version) Sleeve: Bolt M10 - M16: Machined steel with brazed tungsten carbide tips, shearadized Cold formed steel, grade 8.8, shearadized Machined stainless steel with brazed tungsten carbide tips Cone/rod: machined stainless steel Machined steel with brazed tungsten carbide tips, galvanised to min. 5 m Cold formed steel, grade 8.8, galvanised to min. 5 m Cone machined, rod grade 8.8, galvanised to min. 5 m Material
Anchor dimensions
HDA-P / HDA-PR / HDA-PF
HDA-T / HDA-TR / HDA-TF
page 144
May 2011
HDA design anchor
Dimensions of HDA
Anchor size Length code letter Total length of bolt Diameter of bolt Total length of sleeve: - HDA-P - HDA-T Max. diameter of sleeve Washer diameter Width across ats ls ls ds dw Sw [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] 100 120 19 27,5 17 125 155 21 33,5 19 125 175 190 230 29 45,5 24 190 250 250 300 35 50 30 250 350 lB dB [mm] [mm] HDA-P / HDA-PR / HDA-PF / HDA-T / HDA-TR / HDA-TF M10 M12 M16 M20 x100/20 x125/30 x125/50 x190/40 x190/60 x250/50 x250/100 I 150 10 L 190 12 N 210 R 275 16 S 295 V 360 20 X 410
Setting
Drilling The stop drill is required for drilling in order to achieve the correct hole depth. Anchor HDA-P/ PF/ PR M10x100/20 HDA-T/ TF/ TR M10x100/20 HDA-P/ PF/ PR M12*125/30 HDA-P/ PF/ PR M12*125/50 HDA-T/ TF/ TR M12*125/30 HDA-T/ TF/ TR M12*125/50 HDA-P/ PF/ PR M16 *190/40 HDA-P/ PF/ PR M16 *190/60 HDA-T/ TF/ TR M16*190/40 HDA-T/ TF/ TR M16*190/60 HDA-P M20 *250/50 HDA-P M20 *250/100 HDA-T M20*250/50 HDA-T M20*250/100 TE-C HDA-B 22*155 TE-C HDA-B 22*175 TE-Y HDA-B 22*155 TE-Y HDA-B 22*175 TE-Y HDA-B 30*190 TE-Y HDA-B 30*230 TE-Y HDA-B 30*250 TE-Y HDA-B 37*250 TE-Y HDA-B 37*300 TE-Y HDA-B 37*350 Stop drill bit with TE-C (SDS plus) connection end TE-C-HDA-B 20*100 TE-C-HDA-B 20*120 TE-C HDA-B 22*125 Stop drill bit with TE-Y (SDS max) connection end TE-Y-HDA-B 20*100 TE-Y-HDA-B 20*120 TE-Y HDA-B 22*125
Setting
Drilling Setting tool The setting system (tool and setting tool) is required for transferring the specic energy for the undercutting process.
May 2011
page 145
HDA design anchor
Setting HDA carbon steel version

TE 56 b) TE 56-ATC b) TE 40 AVR TE 40
Anchor
TE 25 a) TE 24 a)
TE 70-ATC b) TE 70 b)
TE 76-ATC b) TE 76 b)
Setting tool
Technical data of the required drilling hammer Single impact energy [J] Speed under load [1/min]
HDA-P/T20-M10*100/20 HDA-P/T 22-M12*125/30 HDA-P/T 22-M12*125/50 HDA-P/T 30-M16*190/40 HDA-P/T 30-M16*190/60 HDA-P/T 37-M20*250/50 HDA-P/T 37-M20*250/100
TE 75 b)
TE 35
TE 50
TE-C-HDA-ST 20 M10 3.5 - 4.9 250 - 555 TE-Y-HDA-ST 20 M10 6.5 - 7.5 480 - 500
TE-C-HDA-ST 22 M12 3,5 - 4.9 250 - 555 TE-Y-HDA-ST 22 M12 6.5 - 7.5 480 - 500
TE-Y-HDA-ST 30 M16 8.0 - 11.0 250 - 360 TE-Y-HDA-ST 37 M20 8.3 - 11.0 280 - 360
Setting of HDA-R stainless steel

TE 70-ATC b) TE 70 b) TE 76-ATC b) TE 76 b) TE 56 b) TE 56-ATC b) TE 40 AVR TE 40
Anchor
TE 25 a) TE 24 a)
Setting tool
HDA-PR/TR20-M10*100/20 HDA-PR/TR 22 M12*125/30 HDA-PR/TR 22-M12*125/50 HDA-PR/TR 30-M16*190/40 HDA-PR/TR 30-M16*190/60
TE 75 b)
TE 35
TE 50
TE-Y-HDA-ST 30 M16 8.0 - 11.0 250 - 360
Setting of HDA-F sheradised

TE 40 AVR TE 40
Anchor
TE 25 a) TE 24 a)
TE 56 b) TE 56-ATC b)
Setting tool
TE 70-ATC b) TE 70 b) TE 76-ATC b) TE 76 b)
HDA-PF/TF 20-M10*100/20 HDA-PF/TF 22 M12*125/30 HDA-PF/TF 22-M12*125/50 HDA-PF/TF 30-M16*190/40 HDA-PF/TF 30-M16*190/60 a) 1st gear b) max. impact energy
page 146
TE 75 b)
TE 35
TE 50
TE-C-HDA-ST 20 M10 3.5 - 4.9 250 - 620 TE-C-HDA-ST 22 M12 3.5 - 4.9 250 - 620 TE-Y-HDA-ST 30 M16 8.0 - 11.0 250 - 360
May 2011
HDA design anchor
Setting instructions HDA-P, HDA-PR, HDA-PF
HDA-T, HDA-TR, HDA-TF
May 2011
page 147
HDA design anchor
Setting details
HDA-P / HDA-PR / HDA-PF
HDA-T / HDA-TR / HDA-TF
page 148
May 2011
HDA design anchor
HDA-P / HDA-PR / HDA-PF / HDA-T / HDA-TR / HDA-TF Anchor size Head marking Nominal diameter of drill bit Cutting diameter of drill bit Depth of drill hole a) Anchorage depth Sleeve recess Torque moment b) For HDA-P/-PF/-PR Clearance hole Minimum base material thickness Fixture thickness df hmin tx,min tx,max [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] 12 180 0 20 30 14 200 0 50 40 18 270 0 60 50 22 350 0 100 d0 dcut,min dcut,max h1 hef hs,min hs,max Tinst [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [Nm] M10 I 20 20,10 20,55 107 100 2 6 50 L 22 22,10 22,55 133 125 2 7 80 M12 N R 30 30,10 30,55 203 190 2 8 120 M16 S V 37 37,15 37,70 266 250 2 8 300 M20 X x100/20 x125/30 x125/50 x190/40 x190/60 x250/50 x250/100
For HDA-T/-TF/-TR Clearance hole Minimum base material thickness Min. xture thickness: - Tension load only! - Shear load - without use of centering washer - Shear load - with use of centering washer Max. xture thickness a) use specied stop drill bit b) with use of centering washer a reduction of tx,min is possible for shear loading, details see ETA-99/0009 tx,min tx,min tx,min tx,max
b)
df hmin
[mm] [mm]
21 200-tx 230-tx
23 250-tx 310-tx
32 330-tx 400-tx
40 450-tx
[mm] [mm] [mm] [mm]
10 15 10 20 30
10 15 10 50 40
15 20 15 60
20 25 20 50
50 50 100
Setting parameters
Anchor size Minimum spacing Minimum edge distance smin cmin [mm] [mm] HDA-P / HDA-PR / HDA-PF / HDA-T / HDA-TR / HDA-TF M10 M12 M16 M20 x100/20 x125/30 x125/50 x190/40 x190/60 x250/50 x250/100 100 80 125 100 190 150 250 200
May 2011
page 149
HSL-3 heavy duty anchor

suitable for non-cracked and cracked concrete C 20/25 to C 50/60 high loading capacity force-controlled expansion reliable pull-down of the part fastened no rotation in hole when tightening bolt stainless steel version (HSL-G-R) is available if required, subject to lead time. For technical data, please contact your local Hilti Field Engineer
HSL-3 Bolt version
HSL-3-B Safety cap version
HSL-G-R Stainless steel version
Concrete
Tensile zone
Fire resistance
Shock
European Technical Approval
CE Hilti anchor conformity design software
Fatigue
Seismic ICC
Description European technical approval ICC-ES report Shockproof fastenings in civil defence installations Fire test report Assessment report (re)
a)
Authority / Laboratory CSTB, Paris ICC evaluation service Bundesamt fr Bevlkerungsschutz, Bern IBMB, Braunschweig warringtonre
No. / date of issue ETA-02/0042 / 2008-01-10 ESR 1545 / 2005-08-01 BZS D 08-601 / 2008-06-30 UB 3041/1663-CM / 2004-03-22 WF 166402 / 2007-10-26
page 150
May 2011

STEP 1:
TENSION LOADING
20 0.79
25 0.87
32 1.00
40 1.11
50 1.22

Anchor size
NRd,s
M8 [kN] 19.5
M10 30.9
M12 44.9
M16 83.7
M20 130.7
M24 188.3
HSL-3, HSL-3B
May 2011
page 151
STEP 2:
SHEAR LOADING
20 0.79
25 0.87
32 1.00
40 1.11
50 1.22

Anchor size
VRd,s
M8 [kN] 24.9
M10 39.4
M12 57.4
M16 80.9
M20 113.5
M24 141.9
HSL-3, HSL-3B
STEP 3:
page 152
May 2011


M8 120
M10 140
M12 160
M16 200
M20 250
M24 300

Anchor size Tensile N*Rd,c Shear VRd,s Steel failure HSL-3, HSL-3-B HSL-3, HSL-3-B [kN] [kN] M8 19.7 M10 25.0 M12 30.4 M16 42.6 M20 59.6 M24 78.2
May 2011
page 153
Two anchors
S1
Nsd
h C
Vsd
ANCHOR
M8
60 80 100 125 150 200 250
Edge C (mm) 60
80
100
125
150
200
250
spacing s1 (mm)
18.6 20.0 21.4 24.2 25.8
12.7 13.8 14.9 16.3 16.3
20.6 21.9 23.6 25.2 28.6 30.5
15.9 16.9 18.1 19.4 21.8 23.8
22.5 24.0 25.6 27.5 29.4 33.3 35.6
17.3 18.2 19.2 20.4 21.6 24.0 26.3
25.0 26.7 28.4 30.6 32.7 37.0 39.6
20.2 21.1 22.0 23.2 24.4 26.7 29.0
26.4 28.6 30.8 33.6 36.3 39.6 39.6
23.1 24.0 24.9 26.0 27.2 29.4 31.7
26.4 28.6 30.8 33.6 36.3 39.6 39.6
28.9 29.7 30.6 31.7 32.8 35.0 37.1
26.4 28.6 30.8 33.6 36.3 39.6 39.6
34.5 35.4 36.2 37.3 38.4 40.5 42.6
ANCHOR
M10
spacing s1 (mm)
Edge C (mm) 70
100
125
150
175
200
250
70 100 125 150 175 200 250
26.7 28.2 31.2
19.5 20.8 21.3
25.3 27.5 29.3 31.2 33.0 34.9 38.6
20.3 21.9 23.3 24.6 26.0 27.4 30.1
29.6 32.2 34.4 36.6 38.7 40.9 45.3
23.5 25.1 26.4 27.7 29.0 30.3 33.0
31.5 34.2 36.5 38.8 41.2 43.5 48.1
26.7 28.2 29.5 30.8 32.1 33.4 35.9
33.3 36.9 39.8 42.8 45.8 48.7 49.9
29.9 31.4 32.6 33.9 35.2 36.4 38.9
33.3 36.9 39.8 42.8 45.8 48.7 49.9
33.0 34.5 35.8 37.0 38.2 39.5 41.9
33.3 36.9 39.8 42.8 45.8 48.7 49.9
39.3 40.8 42.0 43.2 44.4 45.6 48.0
ANCHOR
M12
spacing s1 (mm)
Edge C (mm) 80
125
150
175
200
250
300
80 125 150 175 200 250 300
36.9 40.2
26.8 26.8
39.9 42.1 44.3 48.7 53.1
31.1 32.6 34.0 37.0 39.9
43.2 45.8 48.3 50.8 55.9 61.0
33.0 34.4 35.9 37.3 40.2 43.0
38.6 43.2 45.8 48.3 50.8 55.9 61.0
33.9 36.4 37.8 39.2 40.6 43.4 46.2
40.7 46.4 49.6 52.7 55.9 61.0 61.0
37.3 39.8 41.2 42.5 43.9 46.7 49.4
40.7 46.4 49.6 52.7 55.9 61.0 61.0
44.2 46.6 47.9 49.2 50.5 53.2 55.9
40.7 46.4 49.6 52.7 55.9 61.0 61.0
50.9 53.3 54.6 55.9 57.2 59.8 62.3
page 154
May 2011
ANCHOR
M16
spacing s1 (mm)
Edge C (mm) 100

150
175
200
250
300
350
100 150 175 200 250 300 350
46.3 49.9 53.6
36.1 39.4 39.4
54.5 59.2 63.9 68.6
45.2 48.7 52.2 55.6
61.0 66.3 71.5 76.8
49.0 52.4 55.7 59.1
59.4 62.2 65.0 70.7 76.3 81.9
49.5 51.2 52.8 56.1 59.4 62.7
56.8 63.9 67.5 71.0 78.1 85.2 85.2
54.0 57.2 58.8 60.4 63.6 66.8 69.9
56.8 63.9 67.5 71.0 78.1 85.2 85.2
61.8 64.9 66.5 68.0 71.1 74.2 77.3
56.8 63.9 67.5 71.0 78.1 85.2 85.2
69.6 72.6 74.1 75.6 78.6 81.6 84.7
ANCHOR
M20
spacing s1 (mm)
Edge C (mm) 150

200
250
300
350
400
450
125 150 200 250 300 350 400
69.8 74.3 78.7
59.4 63.3 67.3
78.9 84.3 89.7 95.1
66.8 70.7 74.6 78.6
84.4 90.6 96.8 103.0 109.2
71.6 75.3 79.1 82.8 86.6
79.4 83.4 91.3 99.2 107.2 115.1 119.1
74.8 76.6 80.3 83.9 87.6 91.2 94.8
79.4 83.4 91.3 99.2 107.2 115.1 119.1
83.6 85.4 88.9 92.5 96.0 99.6 103.2
79.4 83.4 91.3 99.2 107.2 115.1 119.1
92.4 94.1 97.6 101.1 104.6 108.0 111.5
79.4 83.4 91.3 99.2 107.2 115.1 119.1
101.0 102.8 106.2 109.6 113.0 116.5 119.9
ANCHOR
M24
spacing s1 (mm)
Edge C (mm) 150

200
250
300
350
400
450
150 200 250 300 350 400 450
78.2 82.7 87.2 91.7
63.4 67.6 71.8 76.0
87.2 92.6 97.9 103.2 108.5
77.5 82.1 86.6 91.2 95.8
95.6 101.8 108.0 114.2 120.4 126.6
82.7 87.0 91.4 95.7 100.1 104.4
98.9 105.7 112.6 119.5 126.3 133.2 140.0
88.2 92.4 96.6 100.8 105.0 109.2 113.4
104.4 113.0 121.7 130.4 139.1 147.8 156.5
98.0 102.1 106.2 110.3 114.4 118.4 122.5
104.4 113.0 121.7 130.4 139.1 147.8 156.5
107.8 111.8 115.8 119.8 123.7 127.7 131.7
104.4 113.0 121.7 130.4 139.1 147.8 156.5
117.5 121.4 125.3 129.2 133.1 137.0 141.0
May 2011
page 155
Four anchors
S2 C
S1
Nsd
Vsd
ANCHOR
M8
60 80 100 125 150 200 250
Edge C (mm) 60
80
100
125
150
200
250
spacing s1=s2 (mm)
29.1 34.2 39.6 51.7 59.7
25.4 27.6 29.8 32.6 32.6
29.0 33.1 38.7 44.6 57.8 66.5
25.2 28.3 32.3 36.1 43.6 47.6
28.7 32.9 37.4 43.4 49.9 64.2 73.6
24.3 27.4 30.6 34.5 38.4 46.0 52.6
31.5 36.0 40.8 47.2 54.1 69.2 79.2
27.1 30.3 33.4 37.3 41.2 48.8 56.3
35.2 41.3 47.9 56.9 66.5 79.2 79.2
30.0 33.1 36.3 40.1 43.9 51.5 59.0
35.2 41.3 47.9 56.9 66.5 79.2 79.2
35.7 38.8 41.9 45.7 49.5 57.0 64.5
35.2 41.3 47.9 56.9 66.5 79.2 79.2
41.3 44.4 47.4 51.2 55.0 62.5 69.9
ANCHOR
M10
70 100 125 150 175 200 250
Edge C (mm) 70
100
125
150
175
200
250
spacing s1=s2 (mm)
49.5 55.8 69.3
39.0 41.6 42.6
32.8 39.2 44.9 51.1 57.6 64.6 79.6
29.3 34.5 38.9 43.2 47.4 51.6 60.0
37.6 44.6 50.9 57.6 64.8 72.4 88.8
32.4 37.7 42.0 46.2 50.5 54.7 63.0
39.6 46.9 53.4 60.4 67.8 75.6 92.6
35.6 40.8 45.0 49.3 53.5 57.7 66.0
44.4 54.4 63.5 73.3 83.9 95.1 99.8
38.7 43.9 48.1 52.3 56.5 60.7 69.0
44.4 54.4 63.5 73.3 83.9 95.1 99.8
41.8 46.9 51.2 55.4 59.6 63.7 72.0
44.4 54.4 63.5 73.3 83.9 95.1 99.8
48.0 53.1 57.3 61.5 65.6 69.7 78.0
ANCHOR
M12
80 125 150 175 200 250 300
Edge C (mm) 80
125
150
175
200
250
300
spacing s1=s2 (mm)
76.9 92.6
53.6 53.6
61.6 68.8 76.4 92.9 111.0
51.2 55.9 60.5 69.6 78.6
61.2 68.6 76.4 84.7 102.5 121.9
49.9 54.6 59.2 63.7 72.8 81.8
48.9 61.2 68.6 76.4 84.7 102.5 121.9
44.8 53.3 57.9 62.5 67.0 76.1 85.0
54.2 70.5 80.5 91.2 102.5 121.9 121.9
48.2 56.6 61.2 65.8 70.3 79.3 88.2
54.2 70.5 80.5 91.2 102.5 121.9 121.9
55.0 63.2 67.8 72.3 76.8 85.8 94.7
54.2 70.5 80.5 91.2 102.5 121.9 121.9
61.6 69.8 74.4 78.9 83.3 92.2 101.1
page 156
May 2011
ANCHOR
M16
100 150 175 200 250 300 350
Edge C (mm) 100

150
175
200
250
300
350
spacing s1=s2 (mm)
86.1 101.6 118.3
72.2 78.8 78.8
86.6 102.7 120.3 139.2
75.6 86.1 96.5 106.8
94.4 111.6 130.3 150.3
79.4 89.9 100.2 110.5
82.9 90.9 99.3 117.1 136.4 157.2
72.6 77.9 83.1 93.6 103.9 114.1
75.8 95.9 106.8 118.3 143.2 170.4 170.4
69.6 80.2 85.4 90.7 101.0 111.3 121.5
75.8 95.9 106.8 118.3 143.2 170.4 170.4
77.2 87.7 93.0 98.1 108.4 118.7 128.8
75.8 95.9 106.8 118.3 143.2 170.4 170.4
84.8 95.3 100.4 105.6 115.8 126.0 136.1
ANCHOR
M20
125 150 200 250 300 350 400
Edge C (mm) 150

200
250
300
350
400
450
spacing s1=s2 (mm)
123.4 140.9 159.4
113.0 124.9 134.6
123.7 141.7 161.0 181.4
109.6 121.5 133.3 144.9
119.5 137.7 157.2 178.0 200.1
106.2 118.1 129.9 141.6 153.3
105.9 116.7 140.0 165.4 192.9 222.5 238.1
96.7 102.8 114.6 126.6 138.4 150.0 161.6
105.9 116.7 140.0 165.4 192.9 222.5 238.1
105.4 111.4 123.3 135.1 146.7 158.3 169.8
105.9 116.7 140.0 165.4 192.9 222.5 238.1
114.0 119.9 131.8 143.5 155.1 166.6 178.1
105.9 116.7 140.0 165.4 192.9 222.5 238.1
122.6 128.5 140.2 151.9 163.4 174.9 186.4
ANCHOR
M24
150 200 250 300 350 400 450
Edge C (mm) 150

200
250
300
350
400
450
spacing s1=s2 (mm)
132.1 149.2 167.4 186.5
126.8 135.2 143.6 152.0
132.2 149.8 168.5 188.3 209.1
125.3 138.7 151.9 165.0 178.0
131.3 149.3 168.5 188.9 210.4 233.1
121.4 134.8 148.1 161.2 174.3 187.2
124.9 142.8 162.0 182.3 203.9 226.6 250.6
117.5 131.0 144.3 157.5 170.6 183.5 196.4
139.1 163.3 189.4 217.4 247.3 279.2 313.0
127.1 140.5 153.7 166.8 179.8 192.8 205.6
139.1 163.3 189.4 217.4 247.3 279.2 313.0
136.7 150.0 163.1 176.2 189.1 202.0 214.7
139.1 163.3 189.4 217.4 247.3 279.2 313.0
146.2 159.4 172.5 185.5 198.4 211.2 223.4
May 2011
page 157
Materials
Mechanical properties of HSL-3, HSL-3-B Anchor size Nominal tensile strength Yield strength Stressed cross-section Section modulus Design bending resistance without sleeve fuk fyk As Z MRd,s [N/mm] [N/mm] [mm] [mm] [Nm] M8 800 640 36.6 31.3 24.0 M10 800 640 58.0 62.5 48.0 M12 800 640 84.3 109.4 84.0 M16 800 640 157 277.1 212.8 M20 830 640 245 540.6 415.2 M24 830 640 353 935.4 718.4
Material quality
Part Bolt, threaded rod Material steel grade 8.8 according ISO 898-1, galvanised to min. 5 m
page 158
May 2011
Setting details
Anchor version HSL-3 Drill bit diameter Hole depth Effective anchorage depth Anchor length Tightening torque Width across ats Clearance hole Washer diameter Min. base material thickness Minimum spacing Minimum edge distance d0 [mm] h1 [mm]
M8/20 M10/20 M10/40 M12/25 M12/50 M16/25 M16/50 M20/30 M20/60 M24/30 M24/60
12 80 60 20 98 7.5 25 HSL-3 HSL-3-B 13 14 20 120 60 100 60 100 20 110
15 90 70 40 130 10 50 17 17 25 140 70 100 70 160 25 131
18 105 80 50 156 11 80 19 24 20 30 160 80 160 80 240 25 153
24 125 100 50 178 14 120 24 30 26 40 200 100 240 100 240 30 183
28 155 125 60 213 17 200 30 36 31 45 250 125 300 150 300 30 205
32 180 150 60 235 19 250 36 41 35 50 300 150 300 150 300
hef [mm]
Max. xture thickness tx [mm] I [mm] [mm] Head height + washer hn
Tinst [Nm] Sw [mm] dh [mm] dw [mm] hmin [mm] smin cmin [mm] [mm]
for c [mm] for s [mm]
Setting instructions
Drill hole
Blow out dust and fragments
Install anchor
Apply tightening torque (for HSL-3-B: no torque wrench is needed)
May 2011
page 159
HSC-A safety anchor
HSC-A safety anchor

Anchor version
Bolt version HSC-A Carbon Steel version HSC-AR Stainless steel version

Benefits
the perfect solution for small edge and space distance suitable for thin concrete blocks due to low embedment depth suitable for cracked and non cracked concrete self-cutting undercut anchor available as bolt version for through applications stainless steel available for external applications
A4 316
Concrete Tensile zone Small edge distance & spacing Fire resistance Shock Corrosion resistance European Technical Approval CE Hilti anchor conformity design software
a)
Authority / Laboratory CSTB, Paris Bundesamt fr Bevlkerungsschutz, Bern IBMB, Braunschweig warringtonre
No. / date of issue ETA-02/0027 / 2007-09-20 BZS D 06-601 / 2006-07-17 UB 3177/1722-1 / 2006-06-28 WF 166402 / 2007-10-26
Shockproof fastenings in civil defence installations Fire test report Assessment report (re)
a) All data given in this section according ETA-02/0027 issue 2007-09-20
page 160
May 2011
HSC-A safety anchor

STEP 1:
TENSION LOADING
20 0.79
25 0.87
32 1.00
40 1.11
50 1.22

Anchor size
NRd,s
M8x40 [kN] [kN] 19.5 13.7
M10x40 30.9 21.7
M12x60 44.9 31.6
HSC-A HSC-AR
May 2011
page 161
HSC-A safety anchor
STEP 2:
SHEAR LOADING
Concrete Strengths fc,cyl (MPa) fB Shear load acting parallel to edge: These tables are for a single free edge only 2 anchors: For shear loads acting parallel to this edge, the concrete resistance V*Rd,c can be multiplied by the factor = 2.5 4 anchors: For shear loads acting parallel to the edge - the anchor row closest to the edge is checked to resist half the total design load. To obtain the concrete resistance use the corresponding 2 anchor conguration V*Rd,c and multiply by the factor = 2.5 20 0.79 25 0.87 32 1.00 40 1.11 50 1.22

Anchor size
VRd,s
M8x40 [kN] [kN] 11.7 8.2
M10x40 18.6 13.0
M12x60 27.0 18.9
HSC-A HSC-AR
STEP 3:
page 162
May 2011
HSC-A safety anchor


M8 x 40 100
M10 x 40 100
M12x60 130

Anchor size Tensile N*rd,c Shear VRd,s HSC-A HSC-A [kN] [kN] M8 x 40 10.7 M10 x 40 10.7 Steel governed refer VRd,s table M12 x 60 19.8
May 2011
page 163
HSC-A safety anchor
Two Anchors
C
S1
Nsd
Vsd
ANCHOR
M8
40 60 100 120 150
Edge C (mm) 40
60
100
120
150
shear V*Rrd,c
spacing s1 (mm)
10.8 12.1 14.8 16.2 16.2
6.0 6.8 8.3 9.0 9.0
14.4 16.2 19.8 21.6 21.6
9.4 10.3 12.0 12.8 14.1
14.4 16.2 19.8 21.6 21.6
14.2 15.0 16.7 17.5 18.8
14.4 16.2 19.8 21.6 21.6
16.4 17.1 18.8 19.6 20.8
14.4 16.2 19.8 21.6 21.6
19.5 20.3 21.9 22.6 23.9
ANCHOR
M10
spacing s1 (mm)
Edge C (mm) 40
60
100
120
150
shear V*Rrd,c
40 60 100 120 150
10.8 12.1 14.8 16.2 16.2
6.1 6.9 8.4 9.2 9.2
14.4 16.2 19.8 21.6 21.6
9.6 10.5 12.2 13.1 14.4
14.4 16.2 19.8 21.6 21.6
14.4 15.3 17.0 17.8 19.1
14.4 16.2 19.8 21.6 21.6
16.6 17.4 19.0 19.9 21.1
14.4 16.2 19.8 21.6 21.6
19.7 20.5 22.2 23.0 24.1
ANCHOR
M12
spacing s1 (mm)
Edge C (mm) 60
90
120
180
250
shear V*Rrd,c
60 90 120 180 250
19.8 22.3 24.8 29.7 29.7
11.6 13.0 14.5 17.4 17.4
26.4 29.7 33.0 39.6 39.6
17.7 19.3 20.9 24.1 27.9
26.4 29.7 33.0 39.6 39.6
21.4 23.0 24.5 27.5 31.1
26.4 29.7 33.0 39.6 39.6
28.9 30.3 31.8 34.6 38.0
26.4 29.7 33.0 39.6 39.6
37.4 38.7 40.0 42.9 46.1
page 164
May 2011
HSC-A safety anchor
Four anchors
S1
Nsd

ANCHOR
S2 C h
Vsd
M8
40 60 100 120 150
Edge C (mm) 40
60
100
120
150
shear V*Rrd,c
spacing s1=s2 (mm)
15.1 19.4 29.6 35.6 35.6
12.0 13.6 16.6 18.0 18.0
19.2 24.2 36.2 43.1 43.1
14.2 17.2 22.9 25.6 28.2
19.2 24.2 36.2 43.1 43.1
18.4 21.3 27.0 29.8 33.9
19.2 24.2 36.2 43.1 43.1
20.5 23.4 29.0 31.8 35.9
19.2 24.2 36.2 43.1 43.1
23.6 26.4 32.0 34.8 38.9
ANCHOR
M10
40 60 100 120 150
Edge C (mm) 40
60
100
120
150
shear V*Rrd,c
spacing s1=s2 (mm)
15.1 19.4 29.6 35.6 35.6
12.2 13.8 17.0 18.4 18.4
19.2 24.2 36.2 43.1 43.1
14.4 17.4 23.2 26.0 28.8
19.2 24.2 36.2 43.1 43.1
18.7 21.6 27.3 30.1 34.3
19.2 24.2 36.2 43.1 43.1
20.8 23.6 29.3 32.1 36.3
19.2 24.2 36.2 43.1 43.1
23.9 26.7 32.4 35.2 39.3
ANCHOR
M12
60 90 120 180 250
Edge C (mm) 60
90
120
180
250
shear V*Rrd,c
spacing s1=s2 (mm)
27.7 35.7 44.5 65.3 65.3
21.4 26.0 29.0 34.8 34.8
35.2 44.5 55.0 79.2 79.2
25.1 30.3 35.3 45.2 55.6
35.2 44.5 55.0 79.2 79.2
28.8 33.9 38.9 48.7 60.0
35.2 44.5 55.0 79.2 79.2
36.1 41.1 46.0 55.8 66.9
35.2 44.5 55.0 79.2 79.2
44.5 49.4 54.3 63.9 75.0
May 2011
page 165
HSC-A safety anchor
Materials
Mechanical properties Anchor size Nominal tensile strength fuk [N/mm] -AR -A Yield strength Stressed cross-section for bolt version Section modulus Design bending resistance without sleeve fyk [N/mm] -AR As,A Z [mm] [mm] -A, AR -A, AR -A MRd,s [Nm] -AR 450 36.6 31.2 24 16.7 450 58.0 62.3 48 33.3 450 84.3 109.2 84 59.0 700 640 700 640 700 640 HSC -A M8x40 800 M10x40 800 M12x60 800
Material quality
Part HSC-A Cone bolt with , with internal or external thread Expansion sleeve and washer Hexagon nut Cone bolt with , with internal or external thread Expansion sleeve and washer Hexagon nut Material steel grade 8.8 according ISO 898-1, galvanised to min. 5 m Galvanised steel Grade 8 according to ISO 898-2 steel grade 1.4401, 1.4571 A4-70 according EN 10088, EN ISO 3506 steel grade 1.4401, 1.4571 according EN 10088 steel grade 1.4401, 1.4571 A4-70 according EN 10088, EN ISO 3506
Anchor dimensions
Dimensions of HSC-A and HSC-AR Anchor version HSC-A(R) M8x40 HSC-A(R) M10x40 HSC-A(R) M12x60 Thread size M8 M10 M12 tx (mm) max 15 20 20 b (mm) 13.5 15.5 17.5 ls (mm) 40.8 40.8 60.8 d (mm) 13.5 15.5 17.5 e (mm) 16 20 24
marking HILTI 8.8 (or A4)
HSC-AR
marking e.g. HSC-A M8 x 40 tx (or HSC-AR M8 x 40 tx A4)
page 166
May 2011
HSC-A safety anchor
Setting
Installation equipment Anchor size HSC-A/AR M8x40 TE 7-C; TE 7-A; TE 16; TE 16-C;TE 16-M; TE 25; TE 35 TE-C-HSC-B TE-C-HSC-MW 14x40 14 HSC-A/AR M10x40 TE 7-C; TE 7-A; TE 25; TE 35 16x40 16 HSC-A/AR M12x60 TE 16; TE 16-C; TE 16-M; TE 25; TE 35; TE 40; TE 40-AVR 16x60 18
Rotary hammer for setting Stop drill bit Setting Tool
Setting instruction
For detailed information on installation see instruction for use given with the package of the product.
Setting details: depth of drill hole h1 and effective anchorage depth hef
May 2011
page 167
HSC-A safety anchor
Setting details HSC-A (R)

Anchor version Nominal diameter of drill bit Cutting diameter of drill bit Depth of drill hole Diameter of clearance hole in the xture Effective anchorage depth Maximum fastening thickness Torque moment Width across d0 dcut h1 df hef tx Tinst SW [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [Nm] [mm] M8x40 14 14.5 46 9 40 15 10 13 M10x40 16 16.5 46 12 40 20 20 17 M12x60 18 18.5 68 14 60 20 30 19
Base material thickness, anchor spacing and edge distance

Anchor version Minimum base material thickness Minimum spacing Minimum edge distance hmin smin cmin [mm] [mm] [mm] M8x40 100 40 40 M10x40 100 40 40 M12x60 130 60 60
For spacing (edge distance) smaller than critical spacing (critical edge distance) the design loads have to be reduced. Critical spacing and critical edge distance for splitting failure apply only for non-cracked concrete. For cracked concrete only the critical spacing and critical edge distance for concrete cone failure are decisive
page 168
May 2011
HSC-A safety anchor
May 2011
page 169
HSC-I safety anchor
HSC-I safety anchor

Anchor version
Internal threaded version: HSC-I carbon steel internal version HSC-IR Stainless steel version (A4)
Benefits

the perfect solution for small edge and space distance suitable for thin concrete blocks due to low embedment depth suitable for cracked and non cracked concrete self-cutting undercut anchor internal threaded stainless steel available for external applications
A4 316
Concrete Tensile zone Small edge distance & spacing Fire resistance Shock Corrosion resistance European Technical Approval CE Hilti anchor conformity design software
a)
Authority / Laboratory CSTB, Paris Bundesamt fr Bevlkerungsschutz, Bern IBMB, Braunschweig warringtonre
No. / date of issue ETA-02/0027 / 2007-09-20 BZS D 06-601 / 2006-07-17 UB 3177/1722-1 / 2006-06-28 WF 166402 / 2007-10-26
Shockproof fastenings in civil defence installations Fire test report Assessment report (re)
a) All data given in this section according ETA-02/0027 issue 2007-09-20
page 170
May 2011
HSC-I safety anchor

STEP 1:
TENSION LOADING
20 0.79
25 0.87
32 1.00
40 1.11
50 1.22

Anchor size
NRd,s
M8x40 [kN] [kN] 16.3 11.4
M10x50 20.2 14.2
M12x60 24.3 17.1
HSC-I HSC-IR
May 2011
page 171
HSC-I safety anchor
STEP 2:
SHEAR LOADING
Concrete Strengths fc,cyl (MPa) fB Shear load acting parallel to edge: These tables are for a single free edge only 2 anchors: For shear loads acting parallel to this edge, the concrete resistance V*Rd,c can be multiplied by the factor = 2.5 4 anchors: For shear loads acting parallel to the edge - the anchor row closest to the edge is checked to resist half the total design load. To obtain the concrete resistance use the corresponding 2 anchor conguration V*Rd,c and multiply by the factor = 2.5 20 0.79 25 0.87 32 1.00 40 1.11 50 1.22

Anchor size
VRd,s
M8x40 [kN] [kN] 9.8 6.9
M10x50 12.2 8.5
M12x60 14.6 10.3
HSC-I HSC-IR
STEP 3:
page 172
May 2011
HSC-I safety anchor


M8x40 100
M10x50 110
M12x60 130

Anchor size Tensile N*rd,c Shear VRd,s HSC-I HSC-I [kN] [kN] M8 x 40 10.7 M10 x 50 15.1 Steel governed refer VRd,s table M12 x 60 19.8
May 2011
page 173
HSC-I safety anchor
Two Anchors
C
S1
Nsd
Vsd
ANCHOR
M8
40 60 100 120 150
Edge C (mm) 40
60
100
120
150
shear V*Rrd,c
spacing s1 (mm)
10.8 12.1 14.8 16.2 16.2
6.1 6.9 8.4 9.2 9.2
14.4 16.2 19.8 21.6 21.6
9.6 10.5 12.2 13.1 14.4
14.4 16.2 19.8 21.6 21.6
14.4 15.3 17.0 17.8 19.1
14.4 16.2 19.8 21.6 21.6
16.6 17.4 19.0 19.9 21.1
14.4 16.2 19.8 21.6 21.6
19.7 20.5 22.2 23.0 24.1
ANCHOR
M10
spacing s1 (mm)
Edge C (mm) 50
75
100
150
200
shear V*Rrd,c
50 75 100 150 200
14.5 16.1 17.7 21.0 22.3
8.8 9.9 11.0 13.2 13.2
18.9 21.0 23.2 27.5 29.1
13.5 14.7 16.0 18.4 20.9
20.1 22.6 25.1 30.1 30.1
16.4 17.6 18.7 21.1 23.4
20.1 22.6 25.1 30.1 30.1
22.1 23.2 24.3 26.5 28.7
20.1 22.6 25.1 30.1 30.1
27.7 28.7 29.8 31.9 34.0
ANCHOR
M12
spacing s1 (mm)
Edge C (mm) 60
90
120
180
250
shear V*Rrd,c
60 90 120 180 250
19.8 22.3 24.8 29.7 29.7
11.8 13.2 14.7 17.7 17.7
26.4 29.7 33.0 39.6 39.6
18.0 19.6 21.2 24.5 28.3
26.4 29.7 33.0 39.6 39.6
21.7 23.3 24.8 27.9 31.6
26.4 29.7 33.0 39.6 39.6
29.2 30.7 32.1 35.0 38.4
26.4 29.7 33.0 39.6 39.6
37.7 39.1 40.5 43.3 46.6
page 174
May 2011
HSC-I safety anchor
Four anchors
S1
Nsd
h=hmin
S2 C h
ANCHOR
Vsd
M8
40 60 100 120 150
Edge C (mm) 40
60
100
120
150
shear V*Rrd,c
spacing s1=s2 (mm)
15.1 19.4 29.6 35.6 35.6
12.2 13.8 17.0 18.4 18.4
19.2 24.2 36.2 43.1 43.1
14.4 17.4 23.2 26.0 28.8
19.2 24.2 36.2 43.1 43.1
18.7 21.6 27.3 30.1 34.3
19.2 24.2 36.2 43.1 43.1
20.8 23.6 29.3 32.1 36.3
19.2 24.2 36.2 43.1 43.1
23.9 26.7 32.4 35.2 39.3
ANCHOR
M10
50 75 100 150 200
Edge C (mm) 50
75
100
150
200
shear V*Rrd,c
spacing s1=s2 (mm)
19.8 25.0 30.9 44.4 49.7
16.4 19.8 22.0 26.4 26.4
24.8 30.9 37.6 53.1 60.1
19.3 23.2 27.0 34.6 41.8
26.8 33.3 40.5 56.9 60.3
22.1 26.0 29.8 37.3 44.7
26.8 33.9 41.8 60.3 60.3
27.7 31.5 35.2 42.7 50.0
26.8 33.9 41.8 60.3 60.3
33.2 36.9 40.6 48.0 55.3
ANCHOR
M12
60 90 120 180 250
Edge C (mm) 60
90
120
180
250
shear V*Rrd,c
spacing s1=s2 (mm)
27.7 35.7 44.5 65.3 65.3
21.7 26.6 29.4 35.4 35.4
35.2 44.5 55.0 79.2 79.2
25.5 30.6 35.7 45.7 56.6
35.2 44.5 55.0 79.2 79.2
29.2 34.3 39.3 49.2 60.6
35.2 44.5 55.0 79.2 79.2
36.5 41.6 46.5 56.3 67.5
35.2 44.5 55.0 79.2 79.2
45.0 49.9 54.8 64.5 75.6
May 2011
page 175
HSC-I safety anchor
Materials
Mechanical properties Anchor size Nominal tensile strength fuk [N/mm] -IR -I Yield strength Stressed cross-section for internal threaded version Stressed cross-section for bolt version Section modulus Design bending resistance without sleeve fyk [N/mm] -IR As,l As,A Z [mm] [mm] [mm] -I,IR -I,IR -I,IR -I MRd,s [Nm] -IR 355 28.3 36.6 31.2 24 16.7 350 34.6 58.0 62.3 48 33.3 340 40.8 84.3 109.2 84 59.0 600 640 700 640 700 640 HSC -I M8x40 800 M10x50 800 M12x60 800
Material quality
Part HSC-I Cone bolt with , with internal or external thread Expansion sleeve and washer Hexagon nut Cone bolt with , with internal or external thread Expansion sleeve and washer Hexagon nut Material steel grade 8.8 according ISO 898-1, galvanised to min. 5 m Galvanised steel Grade 8 according to ISO 898-2 steel grade 1.4401, 1.4571 A4-70 according EN 10088, EN ISO 3506 steel grade 1.4401, 1.4571 according EN 10088 steel grade 1.4401, 1.4571 A4-70 according EN 10088, EN ISO 3506
page 176
HSC-IR
May 2011
HSC-I safety anchor
Anchor dimensions
Dimensions of HSC-I and HSC-IR Anchor version HSC-I M8x40 HSC-I M10x50 HSC-I M12x60 Thread size M8 M10 M12 b (mm) 15.5 17.5 19.5 ls (mm) 40.8 50.8 60.8 d (mm) 15.5 17.5 19.5 lb (mm) 43.8 54.8 64.8
marking HILTI 8.8 (or A4)
marking e.g. HSC-I M6 x 40 (or HSC-IR M6 x 40 A4)
Setting
Installation equipment Anchor size HSC-I/IR M8x40 HSC-I/IR M10x50 HSC-I/IR M12x60 TE 16; TE 16-C; TE 16-M; TE 25, TE 35; TE 40; TE 40-AVR 20x60 20 20
Rotary hammer for setting Stop drill bit Setting Tool Insert Tool TE-CHSC-B TE-C HSC-MW TE-C HSC-EW
TE 7-C; TE 7-A; TE 16; TE 16-C; TE 16-M; TE 25; TE 35 16x40 16 16 18x50 18 18
May 2011
page 177
HSC-I safety anchor
Setting instruction
For HSC-I: fastening carbon steel screw or threaded rod. Minimum strength class 8.8 according to ESO 8898-1 For HSC-IR: fastening stainless steel screw or threaded rod: minimum strength class A4-70 according to EN ISO 3506 For detailed information on installation see instruction for use given with the package of the product.
page 178
May 2011
HSC-I safety anchor
Setting details
Anchor version Nominal diameter of drill bit Cutting diameter of drill bit Depth of drill hole Diameter of clearance hole in the xture Effective anchorage depth Screwing depth Width across Installation torque d0 dcut h1 df hef min s max s SW Tinst [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [Nm] M8x40 16 16.5 46 9 40 8 22 13 10 M10x50 18 18.5 56 12 50 10 28 17 20 M12x60 20 20.5 68 14 60 12 30 19 30

Anchor version Minimum base material thickness Minimum spacing Minimum edge distance hmin smin cmin [mm] [mm] [mm] M8x40 100 40 40 M10x50 110 50 50 M12x60 130 60 60
For spacing (edge distance) smaller than critical spacing (critical edge distance) the design loads have to be reduced. Critical spacing and critical edge distance for splitting failure apply only for non-cracked concrete. For cracked concrete only the critical spacing and critical edge distance for concrete cone failure are decisive
May 2011
page 179
HSA stud anchor
HSA stud anchor

two setting depths setting mark
HSA Carbon steel
HSA-R Stainless steel
HSA-F Carbon steel, hot-dip galvanised
A4 316
Concrete Fire resistance Corrosion resistance European Technical Approval CE Hilti anchor conformity design software
Description European technical approval a) Fire test report Assessment report (re) Authority / Laboratory CSTB, Paris IBMB, Braunschweig warringtonre No. / date of issue ETA-99/0001 / 2008-03-13 UB 3049/8151 / 2006-05-03 WF 166404/ 2007-10-26
a) All data given in this section for HSA and HSA-R M6 to M12 according ETA-99/0001, issue 2008-03-13. HSA-F and HSA-R M16 + M20 have no approval.
page 180
May 2011
HSA stud anchor

STEP 1:
TENSION LOADING
Concrete cone or concrete splitting resistance, or pullout, whichever governing NRd,c = fB N*Rd,c
20 0.79
25 0.87
32 1.00
40 1.11
50 1.22

Anchor size
NRd,s
M6 [kN] [kN] 6.3 6.9
M8 12.0 12.5
M10 21.0 21.9
M12 29.7 30.6
M16 50.7 43.8
M20 89.3 61.3
HSA / HSA-F HSA-R
May 2011
page 181
HSA stud anchor
STEP 2:
SHEAR LOADING
20 0.79
25 0.87
32 1.00
40 1.11
50 1.22

Anchor size
VRd,s
M6 [kN] [kN] 5.2 4.0
M8 9.6 7.3
M10 15.6 11.3
M12 24.4 16.7
M16 44.0 23.3
M20 68.0 32.7
HSA / HSA-F HSA-R
STEP 3:
page 182
May 2011
HSA stud anchor


Anchor size h = hmin [mm] Refer to Loads table below
Single anchor no edge effect

Standard embedment depth Anchor size Min. base material thickness hmin Tensile N*Rd,c HSA HSA-R Shear V*Rd,c HSA HSA-R [kN] [kN] Steel failure governs refer V Rd,s table 8.8 Steel Failure critical 11.6 15.1 Steel failure critical [kN] [kN] 4.0 3.3 9.7 6.7 12.9 6.7 20.1 11.9 32.8 18.1 44.5 20.6 3.4 7.2 4.2 9.7 5.7 15.1 8.6 21.8 12.8 29.3 18.5 [mm] M6 100 M8 100 M10 100 M12 140 M16 170 M20 210 M6 100 Reduced embedment depth M8 100 M10 100 M12 100 M16 130 M20 160
Single anchor, min. edge distance (c = cmin)

Standard embedment depth Anchor size Min. base material thickness hmin Min. edge distance cmin HSA HSA-R Shear V*Rd,c HSA HSA-R [kN] [kN] 5.3 5.3 7.3 7.3 8.5 9.7 14.3 15.9 18.9 18.9 25.6 25.6 3.8 4.7 4.7 8.3 8.3 12.7 12.7 15.7 15.7 20.9 20.9 HSA [mm] [mm] M6 100 50 50 4.0 3.3 M8 100 60 60 9.0 6.7 M10 100 65 75 9.4 6.7 M12 140 90 100 15.5 11.6 M16 170 105 105 20.1 18.1 M20 210 125 125 26.9 20.6 M6 100 40 3.4 Reduced embedment depth M8 100 45 45 5.6 4.2 M10 100 65 65 8.0 5.7 M12 100 100 100 12.1 8.6 M16 130 100 100 15.0 10.8 M20 160 115 115 19.6 15.4
HSA-R [mm] [kN] [kN]
Tensile N*Rd,c
May 2011
page 183
HSA stud anchor
Materials
Mechanical properties of HSA, HSA-R, HSA-F Anchor size Nominal tensile strength fuk HSA HSA-R HSA-F HSA Yield strength fyk Stressed cross-section As Section modulus Z Design bending resistance M0Rd,s HSA HSA-R HSA-F HSA-R HSA-F [N/mm] [N/mm] [N/mm] [N/mm] [N/mm] [N/mm] [mm] [mm] [Nm] [Nm] [Nm] M6 720 600 720 576 400 576 20.1 12.7 8.8 6.0 8.8 M8 720 600 720 576 400 576 36.6 31.2 21.6 14.6 21.6 M10 720 600 720 576 400 576 58.0 62.3 43.2 30.0 43.2 M12 720 600 720 576 400 576 84.3 109.2 75.2 52.6 75.2 M16 670 450 670 536 536 157 277.5 178.4 100.00 178.4 M20 720 400 720 576 576 245 540.9 363.2 168.0 363.2
Material quality
Part HSA Bolt HSA-R HSA-F Material Carbon steel, galvanised to min. 5 m Stainless steel Carbon steel, hot-dip galvanised to min. 35 m (M6-M16) and min. 45 m (M20)
Setting parameters
Standard embedment depth Anchor size Min. base material thickness hmin Minimum spacing smin HSA HSA-R HSA-F HSA HSA-R HSA-F [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] 40 40 120 50 50 60 50 50 145 60 60 72 55 65 150 65 75 75 75 100 210 90 100 105 90 250 250 105 126 126 105 310 310 125 155 155 35 90 40 45 35 35 105 45 45 53 55 55 125 65 65 63 100 100 150 100 100 75 100 190 190 100 96 96 100 235 235 115 117 117 [mm] M6 100 M8 100 M10 100 M12 140 M16 170 M20 210 M6 100 Reduced embedment depth M8 100 M10 100 M12 100 M16 130 M20 160
Minimum edge distance cmin
Setting details
page 184
May 2011
HSA stud anchor
Setting Details HSA-R available: HSA-F available: do I IG T inst Sw df standard anchorage h1 hef tfix hmin h1 hef tfix hmin [mm] Nominal diameter of drill bit [mm] Anchor length [mm] Thread length [Nm] Tightening torque* [mm] Width across nut flats [mm] Clearance hole diameter [mm] Min. depth of drill hole [mm] Effective anch. depth [mm] Max. fixture thickness [mm] Min. concrete thickness [mm] Min. depth of drill hole [mm] Effective anch. depth [mm] [mm] Max. fixture thickness Min. concrete thickness
* *
50 A 15
OK
*
65 C 30
* *
85 D 50
* *
100 E 65
OK
*
57 B 20
* *
* *
92 E 52
M10x108 10
OK
OK OK 90 E 42 30 17 12
*
68 C 25
* *
108 F 60
75 C 35 15 13 9
Head marking (letter code)
5 10 7 10 55 40 30 100 45 30 5 20 100 40 55 5 45 -
65 48 10 100 50 35 23 100 40 27
42 5 25 20 60
70 50 37 100 50
reduced anchorage
45
100
M12x100
M12x220
M12x120
M12x180
M16x100
M16x120
M16x140
M20x125
Setting Details HSA-R available: do I IG T inst SW df standard anchorage h1 hef tfix hmin h1 hef tfix hmin [mm] HSA-F available: Nominal dia. of drill bit
M12x150
OK OK 80 D 30
OK OK 100 E 45
OK
*
120 G 65
OK 12 I 95 50 19 14
* *
L 125
* *
220 O 165
OK OK 100 E 35
* *
G 50
OK 16
M16x190
OK OK 190 L 120
* *
G 45
20 170 K 85 200 30 22
[mm] Anchor length [mm] Thread length [Nm] [mm] [mm] Tightening torque* Width across nut flats Clearance hole diameter
150 180
120 140 I 70 24 18 100
125
Head marking (letter code)
[mm] Min. depth of drill hole [mm] Effective anch. depth [mm] Max. fixture thickness [mm] Min. concrete thickness [mm] [mm] [mm] Min. depth of drill hole Max. fixture thickness Min. concrete thickness [mm] Effectiv e anch. depth
70 50 5 25 45 100 5 25
95 70 55 140 85 125
90 64 5
115 84 25 170 75
105 78
reduced anchorage
75
105
145
25 130
45
95
10
160
* Tightening torque same for standard & reduced anchorage. * available subject to lead time. Contact your local Hilti Engineer.
May 2011
M20x170 OK
M12x80
Anchor size
M10x120 OK 120 G 72
M10x68
M6x100
M10x90
M6x50
M6x85
M8x75
M6x65
M8x57
M8x92
Anchor size
57
130 103 30 210
55
page 185
HUS-HR screw anchor
HUS-HR screw anchor

Anchor version
HUS-HR Stainless steel Concrete Screw
Benefits

Quick and easy setting Low expansion forces in base materials Through fastening Removable Forged-on washer and hexagon head with no protruding thread
A4 316
Concrete Tensile zone Small edge distance & spacing Solid brick Autoclaved aerated concrete Fire resistance European Technical Approval Corrosion resistance CE Hilti anchor conformity design software
Description European technical approval Fire test report Fire test report ZTV Tunnel (EBA)
a)
Authority / Laboratory DIBt, Berlin DIBt, Berlin MFPA, Leipzig
No. / date of issue ETA-08/0307 / 2009-03-30 ETA-08/0307 / 2009-03-30 PB III / 08-354 / 2008-11-27
a) Data for HUS-HR with standard and reduced embedment depth is given in this section according ETA-08/0307 issue 2009-03-30.
page 186
May 2011
HUS-HR screw anchor

STEP 1:
TENSION LOADING
Concrete cone or concrete splitting resistance. whichever governing NRd = fB N*Rd.c
N*Rd.c is obtained from the relevant design tables fB inuence of concrete strength
a) extra reduced embedment depth b) reduced embedment depth
Design steel resistance (tension) NRd.s

Anchor size NRd,s [kN] HUS-HR 6 17.0 HUS-HR 8 24.3 HUS-HR 10 37.6 HUS-HR 14 73.0
May 2011
page 187
HUS-HR screw anchor
STEP 2:
SHEAR LOADING
20 0.79
25 0.87
32 1.00
40 1.11
50 1.22

Anchor size Extra reduced embedment Reduced embedment Standard embedment
VRd,s VRd,s VRd,s
HUS-HR 6 [kN] [kN] [kN] 11.3 11.3
HUS-HR 8 17.3 17.3 17.3
HUS-HR 10 22.0 22.0 22.0
HUS-HR 14 36.7 36.7
STEP 3:
page 188
May 2011
HUS-HR screw anchor


Single anchor no edge effects

Non-cracked concrete Anchor size HUS-HR hnom Min. base material thickness hmin Tension N*Rd,c Shear V*Rd,c [mm] [mm] [kN] [kN] 6 30 80 8 50 100 6.3 20.0 10 60 120 8.4 26.5 14 6 30 80 Extra reduced embedment 50 100 3.5 14.2 60 120 5.2 18.8 Cracked concrete 8 10 14
Reduced embedment hnom Min. base material thickness hmin Tension N*Rd,c Shear V*Rd,c [mm] [mm] [kN] [kN] 60 100 8.4 70 120 11.2 70 140 13.3 31.9 60 100 4.2 19.5 70 120 6.3 24.0 70 140 8.4 22.7
Steel governs refer VRd,s table
Standard embedment hnom Min. base material thickness hmin Tension N*Rd,c Shear V*Rd,c [mm] [mm] [kN] [kN] 55 100 5.4 80 120 11.2 90 140 17.6 110 160 28.3 55 100 3.0 13.7 80 120 8.4 90 140 11.2 Steel governs refer VRd,s table 110 160 17.6
May 2011
page 189
HUS-HR screw anchor

Non-cracked concrete Anchor size HUS-HR hnom Min. base material thickness hmin Min. edge distance c=cmin Tension N*Rd,c Shear V*Rd,c [mm] [mm] [mm] [kN] [kN] 6 30 80 40 8 50 100 45 6.3 4.8 10 60 120 50 7.8 5.9 14 6 30 80 40 Extra reduced embedment 50 100 45 3.5 3.3 60 120 50 5.2 4.1 Cracked concrete 8 10 14
Reduced embedment hnom Min. base material thickness hmin Min. edge distance c=cmin Tension N*Rd,c Shear V*Rd,c [mm] [mm] [mm] [kN] [kN] 60 100 45 8.4 5.0 70 120 50 10.1 6.1 70 140 50 9.7 6.4 60 100 45 4.2 3.5 70 120 50 6.3 4.3 70 140 50 6.9 4.5
Standard embedment hnom Min. base material thickness hmin Min. edge distance c=cmin Tension N*Rd,c Shear V*Rd,c [mm] [mm] [mm] [kN] [kN] 55 100 40 5.4 4.0 80 120 50 11.2 6.0 90 140 50 13.1 6.4 110 160 60 17.4 9.0 55 100 40 3.0 2.8 80 120 50 8.4 4.3 90 140 50 9.3 4.5 110 160 60 12.4 6.3
page 190
May 2011
HUS-HR screw anchor
Materials
Mechanical properties Anchor size Nominal tensile strength Stressed cross-section Section modulus Design bending resistance fuk As Z MRd,s [N/mm] [mm] [mm] [Nm] HUS-HR 6 1040 23 15.5 12.9 HUS-HR 8 870 39 34.4 23.9 HUS-HR 10 950 55 58.2 44.2 HUS-HR 14 820 125 196.4 128.8
Material quality
Part Stainless steel hexagonal head concrete screw Material Stainless steel (grade A4)
May 2011
page 191
HUS-HR screw anchor
Anchor dimensions
Dimensions of HUS - HR Anchor version HUS-HR 6 x 60 HUS-HR 8 x 85 HUS-HR 10 x 75, 105 HUS-HR 14 x 120 ls (mm) 60 85 75, 105 120 ds (mm) 7.5 10.1 12.3 16.5 dk (mm) 5.4 7.1 8.4 12.6
Setting
Recommended installation equipment Anchor size Rotary hammer drill bit Socket wrench insert Impact screw driver HUS-HR 6 Hilti TE 6 TE-C3X 6/17 S-NSD 13 (L) Hilti SIW 144 or 121 Hilti TKI 2500 HUS-HR 8 Hilti TE 6 TE-C3X 8/17 S-NSD 13 (L) HUS-HR 10 Hilti TE 16 TE-C3X 10/22 S-NSD 15 (L) Hilti SI 100 HUS-HR 14 Hilti -TE 16 TE-C3X 14/22 S-NSD 21
Setting instruction
page 192
May 2011
HUS-HR screw anchor
Setting details
Anchor version Nominal embedment depth Nominal diameter of drill bit Cutting diameter of drill bit Depth of drill hole Diameter of clearance hole in the xture Effective anchorage depth Max. fastening thickness Concrete
Max. installation torque
HUS-HR hnom d0 dcut h1 df hef Tx Tinst Tinst Tinst Tinst [Nm] [Nm] [Nm] [Nm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm]
6 55 6 6.4 65 9 45 - c) 10 10 4 38 35 - d) - d) - d) 60 50
a)
8 60 8 8.45 70 12 47 - c) 16 16 8 64 - c) 16 16 8 46 45 90 70
b)
10 80 60
a)
14 90 70
b)
70
b)
110 14 14.5
10 10.45 80 14 54 45 20 20 10 71 45 20 20 10 52 65 - d) - d) - d) 100 80
120 18 86 65 - d) - d) - d)
Solid m. Mz 12 Solid m. KS 12 Aerated conc.c)
a) extra reduced embedment depth b) reduced embedment depth c) Hilti recommends machine setting only in concrete d) Hilti does not recommend this setting process for this application
May 2011
page 193
HUS-HR screw anchor

Anchor size Nominal embedment depth hnom [mm] HUS-HR 6 30 100 40 40 55 100 40 40 50 100 45 45 HUS-HR 8 60 100 45 45 80 120 50 50 60 120 50 50 HUS-HR 10 70 120 50 50 90 140 50 50 HUS-HR 14 70 140 50 50 110 160 60 60
Minimum base material h [mm] thickness non-cracked concrete min Minimum spacing Minimum edge distance smin [mm] cmin [mm]
page 194
May 2011
HUS-HR screw anchor
May 2011
page 195
HUS-H screw anchor
HUS-H screw anchor

Anchor version
HUS-H Carbon steel Concrete Screw
Benefits

Quick and easy setting Low expansion forces in base materials Through fastening Removable Forged-on washer and hexagon head with no protruding thread
Concrete
Tensile zone Small edge distance & spacing
Solid brick
Autoclaved aerated concrete
Fire resistance
European Technical Approval
CE Hilti anchor conformity design software
Description European technical approval Fire test report Assessment report (re)
a)
Authority / Laboratory DIBt, Berlin IBMB, Brunswick warringtonre
No. / date of issue ETA-08/0307 / 2009-03-30 UB 3574/5146 / 2006-05-20 WF 166402 / 2007-10-26
a) Data for HUS-H 8 and HUS-H 10 is given in this section according to ETA-08/0307 issue 2009-03-30 .
page 196
May 2011
HUS-H screw anchor

STEP 1:
TENSION LOADING
Concrete cone or concrete splitting resistance. whichever governing NRd = fB N*Rd.c
N*Rd.c is obtained from the relevant design tables fB

Concrete Strengths fc,cyl (MPa) fB HUS-H 8,10,14 10 a,b 20 0.79 0.82 25 0.87 0.89 32 1.0 1.0 40 1.11 1.09 50 1.22 1.17

ETA Anchor size
NRd,s
HILTI HUS-H 10 39.6 HUS-H 14 67.5
HUS-H 8 [kN] 26.5
May 2011
page 197
HUS-H screw anchor
STEP 2:
SHEAR LOADING
Concrete Strengths fc,cyl (MPa) fB HUS-H 8,10,14 10
a,b
20 0.79 0.82
25 0.87 0.89
32 1.0 1.0
40 1.11 1.09
50 1.22 1.17
Design steel resistance (shear) VRrd,s

ETA Anchor size
VRd,s
HILTI HUS-H 10 15.7 HUS-H 14 36.7
HUS-H 8 [kN] 10.6
STEP 3:
page 198
May 2011
HUS-H screw anchor


Single anchor no edge effects

8 hnom Min. base material thickness Tension N*Rd,c Shear V*Rd,c 50
a)
10
b)
14 85 130 12.0 70
a)
60
75 120 11.2
60
a)
70
b)
90b) 170 19.4
110 210 30.3
100 5.9 9.2
110 8.4
130 8.1 12.4
130 8.1
130 12.5 30.1

8 hnom Min. base material thickness Min. edge distance cmin Tension N*Rd,c Shear V*Rd,c 50a) 100 55 5.9 6.2 60b) 110 55 8.4 6.5 75 120 55 11.2 6.7 60a) 130 65 7.6 8.3 10 70b) 130 65 8.1 8.6 85 130 65 12.0 8.9 70a) 130 60 10.6 8.0 14 90b) 170 60 13.6 8.4 110 210 60 18.2 9.1
May 2011
page 199
HUS-H screw anchor
Materials
Mechanical properties Anchor size Nominal tensile strength Yield strength Stressed cross-section Section modulus Design bending resistance fuk fyk As Z MRd,s [N/mm] [N/mm] [mm] [mm] [Nm] HUS-H 8 950 855 39.0 34.4 26.1 HUS-H 10 1000 900 55.4 58.2 46.5 HUS-H 14 770 700 143.1 191.7 118
Material quality
Part Carbon steel hexagonal head concrete screw Material steel according DIN EN 10263-4, 1.5523, galvanised to min. 5 m
Anchor dimensions
Dimensions of HUS - H Anchor version HUS-H 8 x 55/65/80/90 HUS-H 10 x 65/75/90/100 HUS-H 14 x 80/115/160 ls (mm) 55/65/80/90 65/75/90/100 80/115/160 ds (mm) 10.1 12.2 16.5 d (mm) 7.1 8.4 12.6
Setting
Recommended installation equipment Anchor size Rotary hammer Drill bit Socket wrench insert Impact screw driver TE-C3X 8/17 S-NSD 13 (L) SI 100 HUS-H 8 HUS-H 10 TE 6 TE 16 TE-C3X 10/22 S-NSD 15 (L) SI 100 TE-C3X 14/22 S-NSD 21 SI 100 HUS-H 14
page 200
May 2011
HUS-H screw anchor
Setting instruction
Setting details
Anchor version Nominal embedment depth Nominal diameter of drill bit Cutting diameter of drill bit Depth of drill hole Diameter of clearance hole Effective anchorage depth Max. fastening thickness Concrete
Max. installation torque
HUS-H hnom d0 dcut h1 df hef T Tinst Tinst Tinst Tinst [Nm] [Nm] [Nm] [Nm] 35 [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] 36 60 50
a)
8 60 8 8.45 70 12 47 60 45 6 16 10 44 45 85 70
b)
10 75 60
a)
14 85 70
a)
70
b)
90b) 14 14.5
110
10 10.45 80 14 54 ls - hnom 55 10 16 10 67 50 95 80
100 18 67 65 -
120
90
Solid m. Mz 12 Solid m. KS 12 Aerated conc.

c)
a) extra reduced embedment depth b) reduced embedment depth c) Installation torque for manual setting only. Machine setting not required
May 2011 page 201
HUS-H screw anchor

Anchor size Nominal embedment depth hnom [mm] 50 100 55 55 100 55 55 HUS-H 8 60 110 55 55 110 40 50 75 120 55 55 120 40 50 60 110 65 65 110 65 65 HUS-H 10 70 130 65 65 110 50 50 85 130 65 65 130 50 50 70 130 80 60 HUS-H 14 90 170 80 60 170 80 60 110 210 80 60 -
Minimum base material h [mm] thickness non-cracked concrete min Minimum spacing non-cracked concrete Minimum edge distance non-cracked concrete Minimum base material thickness cracked concrete Minimum spacing cracked concrete Minimum edge distance cracked concrete smin [mm] cmin [mm] hmin [mm] smin [mm] cmin [mm]
For spacing (edge distance) smaller than critical spacing (critical edge distance) the design loads have to be reduced.
page 202
May 2011
HUS-H screw anchor
May 2011
page 203
HKD push-in anchor Single anchor application
HKD push-in anchor single anchor application

Anchor version
HKD-S(R) Carbon steel, stainless steel with lip
Benefits

simple and well proven approved, tested and confirmed by everyday jobsite experience reliable setting thanks to simple visual check versatile for medium-duty fastening with bolts or threaded rods available in various materials and sizes for maximized coverage of possible applications
HKD-E(R) Carbon steel, stainless steel without lip
A4 316
Concrete Corrosion resistance European Technical Approval CE Hilti anchor conformity design software
a)
Authority / Laboratory DIBt, Berlin
No. / date of issue ETA-02/0032 / 2010-04-22
a) Anchors with anchorage depth hef = 25mm are not coverd by ETA
page 204
May 2011

STEP 1:
TENSION LOADING
20 0.79
25 0.87
32 1.00
40 1.11
50 1.22

Anchor size
NRd,s
M6x25 [kN] [kN] 6.7 6.9
M8x30 11.4 9.2
M10x30 12.4
not available
M10x40 13.4 11.5
M12x50 23.7 20.4
M16x65 37.2 35.1
M20x80 59.1 55.7
HKD-S, HKD-E HKD-SR, HKD-ER
May 2011
page 205
STEP 2:
SHEAR LOADING
20 0.79
25 0.87
32 1.00
40 1.11
50 1.22

Anchor size
VRd,s
M6x25 [kN] [kN] 3.9 4.1
M8x30 5.5 5.5
M10x30 5.9
not available
M10x40 6.4 6.9
M12x50 11.3 12.3
M16x65 17.5 21.1
M20x80 27.8 33.6
STEP 3:
page 206
May 2011


Anchor size h = hmin [mm] Refer to table below
Single anchor for edge distance c cmin

Non-cracked concrete Hilti technical data Anchor size Min Base thickness Min. edge distance HKD-S, HKD-E HKD-SR, HKD-ER Shear VRd,s [kN] Steel governs refer VRd,s table hmin cmin M6x25 100 100 3.8 3.8 M8x30 100 105 5.8 5.8 according ETA-02/0032, issue 2010-04-22 M10x30 100 105 5.8
not available
M10x40 100 140 9.0 9.0
M12x50 100 175 12.5 12.5
M16x65 130 230 22.3 22.3
M20x80 160 280 30.4 30.4
Tension N*Rd,c [kN]
May 2011
page 207
Materials
Mechanical properties of HKD-S, HKD-E, HKD-SR, HKD-ER Anchor size Nominal tensile strength Yield strength Stressed cross-section Section Modulus HKD-S, HKD-E fuk fyk As Z HKD-SR, HKD-ER HKD-S, HKD-E HKD-SR, HKD-ER [N/mm] [N/mm] [N/mm] [N/mm] M6 560 540 440 355 20.9 50 M8 560 540 440 355 26.1 79 M10 510 540 410 355 28.8 110 M12 510 540 410 355 58.7 264 M16 460 540 375 355 102.8 602 M20 460 540 375 355 163 1191
HKD-S (R), HKD-E (R) [mm] HKD-S (R), HKD-E (R) [mm]
Material quality
Part Anchor Body HKD-S, HKD-E HKD-SR, HKD-ER HKD-S, HKD-E HKD-SR, HKD-ER Material Steel Fe/Zn5 galvanised to min. 5 m Stainless steel, 1.4401, 1.4404, 1.4571 Steel material Stainless steel, 1.4401, 1.4404, 1.4571
Tapered expansion plug
Anchor dimensions
Anchor size Anchor version: HKD-S (R), HKD-E (R) Effective anchorage depth Anchor diameter Plug diameter Plug length hef d1 d2 l1 [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] M6x25 25 7.9 5.1 10 M8x30 30 9.95 6.5 12 M10x30 30 11.8 8.2 12 M10x40 40 11.95 8.2 16 M12x50 50 14.9 10.3 20 M16x65 60 19.75 13.8 29 M20x80 80 24.75 16.4 30
Anchor body
page 208
May 2011
Setting
Installation equipment Anchor size Rotary hammer Machine setting tool Hand Setting tool Other tools HSD-M HSD-G 6x25 8x30 M6x25 M8x30 M10x30 TE 2 TE 16 10x30 10x40 12x50 M10x40 M12x50 M16x65 M20x80
TE 40 80 16x65 20x80
hammer, torque wrench, blow out pump
May 2011
page 209
Setting details
Anchor size Nominal diameter of drill bit Cutting diameter of drill bit Depth of drill hole Screwing depth Diameter of clearance hole in the xture Effective anchorage depth Max. Torque moment d0 dcut h1 ls,min ls,max df hef Tinst [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [Nm] M6x25 8 8.45 27 6 12 7 25 4 M8x30 10 10.5 33 8 14.5 9 30 8 M10x30 M10x40 M12x50 M16x65 M20x80 12 12.5 33 10 13 12 30 15 12 12.5 43 10 18 12 40 15 15 15.5 54 12 22 14 50 35 20 20.5 70 16 30.5 18 65 60 25 25.5 85 20 42 22 80 120
Base material thickness, anchor spacing and edge distances

Anchor size Minimum base material thickness Minimum spacing and minimum edge distance HKD-S (R) HKD-E (R) hmin smin cmin [mm] [mm] [mm] M6x25 100 60 88 M8x30 100 60 105 M10x40 100 80 140 M12x50 100 125 175 M16x65 130 130 230 M20x80 160 160 280
page 210
May 2011
May 2011
page 211
HKD push-in anchor Redundant fastening
HKD push-in anchor redundant fastening

Anchor version
HKD-S(R) Carbon steel, stainless steel with lip
Benefits

simple and well proven approved, tested and confirmed by everyday jobsite experience reliable setting thanks to simple visual check versatile for medium-duty fastening with bolts or threaded rods available in various materials and sizes for maximized coverage of possible applications
HKD-E(R) Carbon steel, stainless steel without lip
A4 316
Fire resistance Corrosion resistance CE conformity European Technical Approval
Concrete
Tensile zonea)
Redundant fastening
Sprinkler approved
a) Redundant fastening only
Description European technical approval Fire test report Assessment report (re)
a)
Authority / Laboratory DIBt, Berlin DIBt, Berlin warringtonre
No. / date of issue ETA-06/0047 / 2010-04-22 ETA-06/0047 / 2010-04-22 WF 166402 / 2007-10-26
a) All data given in this section for HKD-S(R) and HKD-E(R), according ETA-06/0047, issue 2010-04-22. The anchor is to be used only for redundant fastening for non-structural applications.
Basic loading data for all load directions according design method B of ETAG 001
All data in this section applies to

Correct setting (See setting instruction) No edge distance and spacing inuence Concrete C 20/25, fck,cube = 25 N/mm to C50/60, fck,cube = 60 N/mm Minimum base material thickness Anchors in redundant fastening
page 212
May 2011
Design Resistance, all load directions

Anchor size
Load FRd
M6x25 [kN] [kN] -
M8x30 2.0 2.0
M10x30 2.7 -
M10x40 4.0 4.0
M12x50 4.0 4.0
Recommended loadsa), all load directions

Anchor size
Load FRec
M6x25 [kN] [kN] -
M8x25 -
M8x30 1.4 1.4
M10x30 1.9 -
M10x40 2.9 2.9
M12x50 2.9 2.9
a) With overall partial safety factor for action = 1.4. The partial safety factors for action depend on the type of loading and shall be taken from national regulations. According ETAG 001, annex C, the partial safety factor is G = 1.35 for permanent actions and Q = 1.5 for variable actions.
Requirements for redundant fastening

The denition of redundant fastening according to Member States is given in the ETAG 001 Part six, Annex 1. In Absence of a denition by a Member State the following default values may be taken Minimum number of xing points 3 4 Minimum number of anchors per xing point 1 1 Maximum design load of action NSd per xing point a) 2 kN 3 kN
a) The value for maximum design load of actions per fastening point NSd is valid in general that means all fastening points are considered in the design of the redundant structural system. The value NSd may be increased if the failure of one (= most unfavourable) xing point is taken into account in the design (serviceability and ultimate limit state) of the structural system e.g. suspended ceiling.
May 2011
page 213
Materials
Mechanical properties of HKD-S, HKD-E, HKD-SR, HKD-ER Anchor size Nominal tensile strength Yield strength Stressed cross-section Section Modulus HKD-S, HKD-E fuk fyk As Z HKD-SR, HKD-ER HKD-S, HKD-E HKD-SR, HKD-ER [N/mm] [N/mm] [N/mm] [N/mm] M6 560 540 440 355 20.9 50 M8 560 540 440 355 26.1 79 M10 510 540 410 355 28.8 110 M12 510 540 410 355 58.7 264
HKD-S (R), HKD-E (R) [mm] HKD-S (R), HKD-E (R) [mm]
Material quality
Part Anchor Body HKD-S, HKD-E HKD-SR, HKD-ER HKD-S, HKD-E HKD-SR, HKD-ER Material Steel Fe/Zn5 galvanised to min. 5 m Stainless steel, 1.4401, 1.4404, 1.4571 Steel material Stainless steel, 1.4401, 1.4404, 1.4571
Tapered expansion plug
Anchor dimensions
Anchor size Anchor version: HKD-S (R), HKD-E (R) Effective anchorage depth Anchor diameter Plug diameter Plug length hef d1 d2 l1 [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] M6x25 25 7.9 5.1 10 M8x30 30 9.95 6.5 12 M10x30 30 11.8 8.2 12 M10x40 40 11.95 8.2 16 M12x50 50 14.9 10.3 20
Anchor body
page 214
May 2011
Setting
Installation equipment Anchor size Rotary hammer Machine setting tool Hand Setting tool Other tools HSD-M HSD-G 6x25 8x30 M6x25 M8x30 M10x30 TE 2 TE 16 10x30 10x40 12x50 M10x40 M12x50
hammer, torque wrench, blow out pump
May 2011
page 215
Setting details
Anchor size Nominal diameter of drill bit Cutting diameter of drill bit Depth of drill hole Screwing depth Diameter of clearance hole in the xture Effective anchorage depth Max. Torque moment d0 dcut h 1 ls,min ls,max df hef Tinst [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [Nm] M6x25 8 8.45 27 6 12 7 25 4 M8x30 10 10.5 33 8 14.5 9 30 8 M10x30 12 12.5 33 10 13 12 30 15 M10x40 12 12.5 43 10 18 12 40 15 M12x50 15 15.5 54 12 22 14 50 35
Base material thickness, anchor spacing and edge distances

Anchor size Minimum base material thickness Minimum spacing and minimum edge distance HKD-S (R) HKD-E (R) Minimum base material thickness Minimum spacing and minimum edge distance HKD-S (R) HKD-E (R) hmin smin cmin hmin smin cmin [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] M6x25 80 200 150 100 80 140 M8x30 80 200 150 100 60 105 M10x40 80 200 150 100 80 140 M12x50 100 125 175
page 216
May 2011
Post-installed rebar.
In compliance with AS 3600-2009
May 2011
page 217
Post-installed rebar in compliance with AS 3600-2009
Introduction.
As of recent times the new concrete code, AS3600-2009 : Concrete Structures has been released with many changes to the previous edition. The area of interest is Section 13 Stress Development of Reinforcement and Tendons which deals with the determination of the required development length to develop the yield strength of a deformed bar in tension. This relationship has undertaken some major changes in comparison to AS3600-2001 (see below):
Eq 1: AS3600-2001
Lsy.b =
k1 k2 fsy Ab (2a + db ) fc 0.5k1 k3 fsy db k2 fc
25k1db
Eq 2: AS3600-2009
Lsy.tb =
29k1db
The major change is the left hand side (LHS) of the formula which calculates the development length required to develop the yield strength of the bar to avoid the splitting failure of the concrete. The right hand side (RHS) has had a minor change which determines the development length required to develop the yield strength of the bar to avoid the pull-out of the bar from the concrete. From a chemical anchor perspective and the application of drill & epoxy of starter bars, this RHS is replaced by the required minimum embedment depth of the specific product used for post-installing the deformed bar as shown in the table HIT-RE 500 Bond length to develop Yield on page 5. On the other hand, many years of research, development and experience have proven that the load transfer behaviour achieved by Hilti HIT-RE 500 is comparable to that of cast-in reinforcement, therefore Hilti HIT-RE 500 rebar connections work like castin rebar adopting the concrete splitting behaviour model (LHS). This allows us to re-write Eq 2 for post-installed rebar as follows: Eq 3: AS3600-2009 + Hilti HIT-RE 500
Lsy.tb =
0.5k1 k3 fsy db k2 fc
Required embedment depth for HIT-RE 500
Comparing the two formulas of AS3600-2001 and AS3600-2009: The splitting formula (LHS) of AS3600-2001 allows the development length to be reduced indefinitely (minimum 12db embedment) with more concrete confinement and is only limited by the 25.k1.db , which in many cases leads to a deeper embedment depth compared to post-installing with Hilti HIT-RE 500, therefore post-installing a bar with Hilti HIT-RE 500 proves to be more economical against the cast-in bar. In the splitting formula (LHS) of AS3600-2009, the K3 factor is equal to 0.7 for any confinement with cd 3.db; in many cases this shall govern the required embedment depth against the 29.k1.db (RHS) and also against the required embedment depth for the post-installed rebar with Hilti HIT RE-500.
page 218
May 2011
Simply like cast-in.

&DVWLQUHEDU +LOWL+,7VORZFXUH PRUWDU

+LOWL+,7IDVWFXUH PRUWDU 5LJLGHSR[\UHVLQ PRUWDU

'HSWKRIHPEHGPHQWPP
The Hilti HIT system is the ideal solution for all kinds of post-installed rebar connections in conversion work, retrofitting or the construction of new structures. The Hilti HIT system is a simple, highly efficient and flexible solution for installing rebar connections that are as secure and reliable as cast-in reinforcement. They simply work like cast-in rebar. In contrast to cast-in reinforcement, however, these connections can be installed entirely independently of the concrete formwork and allow greater flexibility in the construction schedule and planning. Simply more flexible. Great flexibility is indispensable in todays construction industry. Due to tight schedules, the planning process often overlaps with the actual execution of the work. Despite this, thanks to the ease with which post-installed rebars can be integrated in the structure using the Hilti HIT system, deadlines can still be met. The Hilti HIT system lets you place rebar connections precisely where planned. Complex and costly remedial work, or structural alterations due to incorrectly positioned reinforcement or as a result of changes made to plans, thus become a thing of the past.
The diagram clearly illustrates the effectiveness of Hilti HIT fast-cure and slow-cure injectable mortars compared to other systems. With the Hilti systems, loads are taken up evenly by the concrete, without stress peaks, and thus transferred optimally to the existing reinforcement. The load transfer values achieved by Hilti HIT are therefore comparable to those obtained with cast-in reinforcement.
May 2011
6WHHOWHQVLRQPHDVXUHG1PP
page 219
Design of post-installed rebar using AS 3600-2009.
1. Calculation of the Basic Development Length for a post-installed deformed bar in tension In compliance with AS3600 Clause 13.1.2.2-2009 2.
Lsy.tb =
0.5k1 k3 fsy db k2 fc
This is the embedment depth required to avoid splitting failure of the concrete K1=1 For post-installed bar K2 = (132 - db) / 100, and K3 = 1.0 - 0.15 x (cd-db) / db, but 0.7 K3 1.0, therefore If cd 3 x db, k3=0.7 If cd = 2 x db, k3=0.85 cd determines the confinement of the bar and is equal to the smaller of the concrete cover to the deformed bar or half the clear distance to the next parallel bar. (see Figure 1.1) For post-installed rebar the following rules apply for minimum spacing (S) and edge distance (C) geometry: Smin = 5 x db for hammer drilled holes (centre to centre of rebars) Smin = 3 x db for diamond cored holes only (centre to centre of rebars) Cmin = 2.5 x db = drill hole loaction (edge of concrete to centre of bar) 35mm 3. The minimum development length of 29 K1 db (required to avoid pull-out failure of the cast-in bar) is no longer relevant to post-installed bar and therefore is replaced by the required minimum embedment depth of the specific prodcut used for post-installing the deformed bar.
In case of bars post-installed with Hilti HIT-RE 500, this required minimum embedment depth is generally smaller than 29 K1 db. This is because the design bond strength of the post-installed bar made with Hilti HIT-RE 500 is higher compared to cast-in bar due to better performance of the adhesive mortar. But for small edge distance and/or narrow spacing splitting or spalling forces become decisive due to the low capacity of the concrete, therefore concrete splitting shall govern the required embedment depth. 4. A refined dvelopment length can be calculated in compliance with AS 36002009, Clause 13.1.2.3 5. To determine the length of lapped splices for bars in Tension, multiply the Basic Anchorage Depth by the relevant coefficient in compliance with AS36002009 Clause 13.2.2 6. Development length to develop less than yield strength Fst , shall be determined from: Lst = Lsy.t x (Fst /Fsy) 12.db
Figure 1.1
s/2 /
s cd min {c; 2}
page 220
May 2011
Calculations of the basic anchorage depth to develop yield of post-installed rebars.

Rebar Details
Bar Size Drill bit size Design Yield d0 D0 Fsy fsy (mm) (mm) (mm2) (KN) (N/mm2)q 500 10 12-14 79 40 12 16-18 113 57 16 20-22 201 101 20 25-28 314 157 24 29-31 452 226 28 35-37 616 308 32 39-42 804 402 36 43-46 1018 509 40 47-50 1257 629
Example 1:
fc=32MPa, N16, s=80mm and c=40mm Therefore, cd=32mm =2.db and k3=0.85 Lsy.tb Bond length
Sectional Area of bar As
HIT-RE 500 - Bond Length to Develop Yield

fbd (fc=20N/mm2) (ETA 04/0027) (N/mm2) fc = 20MPa -> fB = fc = 25MPa fc = 32MPa fc = 40MPa fc = 50MPa 1 1.02 1.05 1.07 1.09 (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) 5.00 250 245 238 234 229 5.00 300 294 286 280 275 4.67 429 420 408 401 393 4.67 536 525 510 5 501 491 4.40 682 668 649 637 625 4.33 808 792 769 755 741 4.06 985 966 938 921 904 3.92 1148 1125 1093 1073 073 1053 3.78 1323 1297 297 1260 1236 1214
518
408
Specication: N16 Rebar + HIT-RE 500, 520mm embedment into concrete.
Length to develop yield (Splitting Stress) - AS3600-2009. (a) For con nnement n =2.db; k3=0.85
Edge distance (c/edge) c Spacing (c/c) fc = 20MPa fc = 25MPa fc = 32MPa fc = 40MPa fc = 50MPa s Length to Develop Yield Lsy.tb (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) 389 348 308 275 246 475 425 376 336 301 655 586 518 463 415 849 759 671 600 537 1056 944 835 5 747 668 1279 1144 101 1011 905 809 1521 1360 1202 1075 962 1782 82 1594 1409 1260 1127 20 2066 1848 1633 1461 1307 (mm) (mm) 35 50 35 60 40 80 50 100 60 120 20 70 140 80 160 90 180 100 200
Example 2:
fc=40MPa, N20, s=150mm and c=60mm Therefore, cd=50mm and k3=0.775 Lsy.tb= 600 x (0.775/0.85) = 547mm Lsy.tb Bond length
547
501
Specication: N20 Rebar + HIT-RE 500, 550mm embedment into concrete.
Length to develop yield (Splitting Stress) - AS3600-2009. (b) For connement 3.db; k3 =0.7
Edge distance (c/edge) c Spacing (c/c) fc = 20MPa fc = 25MPa fc = 32MPa fc = 40MPa fc = 50MPa s Length to Develop Yield Lsy.tb (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) 321 287 254 227 203 391 350 309 277 247 540 483 427 382 341 699 625 552 494 442 870 778 687 615 550 1054 942 833 745 666 1252 1120 990 885 792 1467 1313 1160 10 1038 928 1701 1522 1345 1203 1076 (mm) (mm) 35 70 42 84 56 112 70 140 84 168 98 196 112 224 126 252 140 280
Example 3:
fc=40MPa, N20, s=150mm and c=80mm With hammer drilled hole Therefore, cd=65mm > 3.db and k3=0.7 Lsy.tb Bond length
494
501x0.7=351
Specication: N20 Rebar + HIT-RE 500, The above values of the design bond resistance of HIT-RE 500 are given for the most unfavourable installation conditions: diamond cored holes and non-dry concrete. The definition of Dry Concrete, as per Hilti is: concrete not in contact with water before/during installation and curing. The values of fbd are taken from ETA 04/0027, and then multiplied by a 0.7 reduction factor for diamond cored holes. The above values of the bond length for HIT-RE 500 shall be multiplied by a factor of (1/1.2) =0.83 for dry concrete and a factor of 0.7 for hammer drilled holes. Example: An N20 bar, post-installed in dry concrete with fc=32MPa and hammer drilled hole, requires a bond length to develop yield equal to 510x0.7x0.83=296mm. 494mm embedment into concrete
May 2011
page 221
Everything you need for fast, easy and reliable post-installed rebar.
Design Detection
Hilti PROFIS Rebar puts post-installed rebar connection design and the calculation of overlap and anchorage lengths at your fingertips. Drilling
Ferroscan PS 200 for the detection of reinforcing bars in concrete. Reduces the risk of hitting rebars when drilling. Provides accurate positioning, depth and diameter of rebar. Cleaning
Drill faster and safer with Hilti combihammers and extra-rugged hammer drill bits, or with Hilti diamond core drilling systems. Cutting
Hilti HIT Profi Rebar sets keep all the required cleaning accessories conveniently at hand.
Setting
Hilti angle grinders featuring Smart Power and Hilti AC-D cutting discs for cutting rebars to length. Alternatively, use Hilti cordless reciprocating saws for total mobility.
Make a quick, easy, professional job of post-installed rebar connections with Hilti HIT injectable mortars and efficient Hilti dispensers.
page 222
May 2011
More than 100,000 satisfied customers benefit every year from our 25 years of experience.
Hilti. Outperform. Outlast.

Hilti (Aust.) Pty Ltd | Level 5, 1G Homebush Bay Drive | Rhodes | NSW 2138 | T 131 292 | F 1300 135 042 | www.hilti.com.au
Item # 3480195

Anchor Fastening Technology Manual: Australia / New Zealand

Uploaded by

Document Information

Original Title

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

Anchor Fastening Technology Manual: Australia / New Zealand

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

Anchor Fastening Technology Manual

Australia / New Zealand

Mark Esdaile Engineering Manager Hilti (Aust) Pty Ltd

Jan Pacas General Manager Hilti (Aust) Pty Ltd

Hilti Corporation FL-9494 Schaan Principality of Liechtenstein www.hilti.com

Hilti = registred trademark of the Hilti Corporation, Schaan

Chemical anchoring systems

41 42 54 66 80 92 108 120 132

Mechanical anchoring systems

Post installed rebar systems

Anchor selector Engineering support

Hilti Field Engineers Located at the Following Addresses:

Phone Hilti Australia on 131 292 or au.engineering@hilti.com

Anchor technology and design.

Mechanical anchor systems

HSL-3 / 3B heavy duty anchor

Medium and light duty anchors HSC-A(R) /-I(R) safety anchor

HSA/-R/-F stud anchor

HUS-HR screw anchor

HUS-H screw anchor

HKD push-in anchor

Specication HCR steel* (1.4529)

Stainless steel A4 (1.4401)

Automatic undercutting High load capacity Approved for dynamic loads

Through-fastening 150 160 170 180 186 196 204

Drill bit dia.: 8 14 mm

Drill bit dia.: 8 25 mm Anchor size: M6 M20

= very suitable *HCR steel available subject to lead time

Adhesive anchor systems

HIT-HY 150 MAX

Specication HCR steel* (1.4529)

Stainless steel A4 (1.4401)

HAS M8 M39 HIS-M8 - M20 42 54

HAS M8 M39 HIS-M8 - M20 Rebar dia. 8 40 mm HIT-V M8 M24

Through-fastening 66 92 108 120

HAS M8 M30 HIS-M8 - M20 Rebar dia. 8 24 mm HIT-V M8 M24

Drill bit dia.: 10 22 mm Thread: M6 M12

= very suitable *HCR steel available subject to lead time

Specifying Hilti anchors

Specifying Hilti anchors

HIT-HY150 MAX + HIT-V

HIT-HY150 MAX + HIS-N

HIT-HY150 MAX + Rebar

Hilti HIT-HY150MAX chemical injection with N16 rebar. 200mm embedment.

Hilti HIT-RE500 chemical injection with N24 rebar. 400mm embedment.

HIT HY70 (hollow masonry)

HIT HY70 (solid masonry)

Specifying Hilti anchors

Hilti HSC-A M10 x 40 safety anchor (zinc plated) N/A

Hilti HSC-AR M10 x 40 safety anchor (stainless steel)

Hilti HSC-I M10 x 50 safety anchor (zinc plated) N/A

Hilti HSC-IR M10 x 50 safety anchor (stainless steel)

Hilti HSA M16 x 140 stud anchor (zinc plated)

Hilti HSA-F M16 x 140 stud anchor (hot dipped galvanised)

Hilti HSA-R M16 x 140 stud anchor (stainless steel)

Hilti HUS-H 10 x 100 concrete screw anchor (zinc plated)

Hilti HUS-HF 10 x 100 concrete screw anchor (hot dipped galvanised)

Hilti HUS-HR 10 x 105 concrete screw anchor (stainless steel)

Hilti HKD-S M10 x 40 dropin-anchor (zinc plated) N/A

Hilti HKD-SR M10 x 40 drop-in-anchor (stainless steel)

Glossary of Hilti anchors

Glossary of Hilti anchors

Anchor calculation in concrete construction for static or dynamic load cases